US20080051883A1 - Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon - Google Patents
Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080051883A1 US20080051883A1 US11/941,233 US94123307A US2008051883A1 US 20080051883 A1 US20080051883 A1 US 20080051883A1 US 94123307 A US94123307 A US 94123307A US 2008051883 A1 US2008051883 A1 US 2008051883A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- stent
- coating
- drug
- agent
- agents
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 187
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 82
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 title abstract description 174
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 title abstract description 146
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 122
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 114
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 96
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 73
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 46
- HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoropropylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)F HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 34
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002927 anti-mitotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003080 antimitotic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940125721 immunosuppressive agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000947 anti-immunosuppressive effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 65
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 48
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 25
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 14
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 abstract description 9
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 86
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 83
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 83
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 57
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 57
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 54
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 52
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 51
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 33
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 25
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 22
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910001000 nickel titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- BQCIDUSAKPWEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Difluoroethene Chemical compound FC(F)=C BQCIDUSAKPWEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 13
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 13
- HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni] HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 13
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- -1 Polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 238000007887 coronary angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 9
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 7
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003073 embolic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 6
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920006373 Solef Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001490 poly(butyl methacrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007720 emulsion polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000003090 iliac artery Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- KHYBPSFKEHXSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iminotitanium Chemical compound [Ti]=N KHYBPSFKEHXSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N Cladribine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000031481 Pathologic Constriction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001054 Poly(ethylene‐co‐vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 3
- UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-[2-[[5-amino-2-[[1-[5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[1-[3-(1h-indol-3-yl)-2-[(5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl)amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbon Chemical compound C1CCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(O)=O)N1C(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VRBFTYUMFJWSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 28804-46-8 Chemical compound ClC1CC(C=C2)=CC=C2C(Cl)CC2=CC=C1C=C2 VRBFTYUMFJWSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005541 ACE inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005528 B01AC05 - Ticlopidine Substances 0.000 description 2
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 102000004270 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000882 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001069 Ti alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010072810 Vascular wall hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HZEWFHLRYVTOIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ti].[Ni] Chemical compound [Ti].[Ni] HZEWFHLRYVTOIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002583 angiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940044094 angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910001566 austenite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001715 carotid artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001168 carotid artery common Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- UUAGAQFQZIEFAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrifluoroethylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)Cl UUAGAQFQZIEFAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002436 cladribine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002768 dipyridamole Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002594 fluoroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000734 martensite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006082 mold release agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002840 nitric oxide donor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000106 platelet aggregation inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013047 polymeric layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- FYPMFJGVHOHGLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N probucol Chemical compound C=1C(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC=1SC(C)(C)SC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 FYPMFJGVHOHGLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003912 probucol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940107685 reopro Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000452 restraining effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036262 stenosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037804 stenosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960005001 ticlopidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ticlopidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1CN1CC(C=CS2)=C2CC1 PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229960005342 tranilast Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NZHGWWWHIYHZNX-CSKARUKUSA-N tranilast Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C\C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O NZHGWWWHIYHZNX-CSKARUKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940121358 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- PUDHBTGHUJUUFI-SCTWWAJVSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-n-[(2s,3r)-1-amino-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-naphthalen-2-ylpropanoyl]amino]-16-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-7-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-p Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(N)=O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PUDHBTGHUJUUFI-SCTWWAJVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8S)-3-(2-deoxy-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-3,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d][1,3]diazepin-8-ol Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NCC2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N (E)-dacarbazine Chemical compound CN(C)\N=N\c1[nH]cnc1C(N)=O FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMMKOCNFSTXRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,3,3-pentafluoroprop-1-ene Chemical compound FC(F)C(F)=C(F)F NDMMKOCNFSTXRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLTXWCKMNMYXEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethoxy)ethene Chemical compound FC(F)=C(F)OC(F)(F)F BLTXWCKMNMYXEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIZLGWKEZAPEFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-trifluoroethene Chemical group FC=C(F)F MIZLGWKEZAPEFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxan-2-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCO1 VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100025573 1-alkyl-2-acetylglycerophosphocholine esterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 1-oxidanylurea Chemical compound N[14C](=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWVUXRBUUYZMKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOCCO PWVUXRBUUYZMKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 2-[(2r)-butan-2-yl]-4-[4-[4-[4-[[(2r,4s)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1N([C@H](C)CC)N=CN1C1=CC=C(N2CCN(CC2)C=2C=CC(OC[C@@H]3O[C@](CN4N=CN=C4)(OC3)C=3C(=CC(Cl)=CC=3)Cl)=CC=2)C=C1 VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTRPRMNBTVRDFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine Chemical class CNC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 CTRPRMNBTVRDFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMIWYOZFFSLIAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)prop-1-ene Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(=C)C(F)(F)F QMIWYOZFFSLIAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCSKNASZPVZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione;1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical group O=C1COC(=O)CO1.CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O LCSKNASZPVZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSUSKMBNZQHHPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(3-phenylpropyl)-5-pyridin-4-ylimidazol-2-yl]but-3-yn-1-ol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CCCN1C(C#CCCO)=NC(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=C1C1=CC=NC=C1 QSUSKMBNZQHHPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLIKAWJENQZMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophenol Chemical class NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PLIKAWJENQZMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 6alpha-methylprednisolone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]21 VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067484 Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XHVAWZZCDCWGBK-WYRLRVFGSA-M Aurothioglucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](S[Au])[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O XHVAWZZCDCWGBK-WYRLRVFGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical class C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005552 B01AC04 - Clopidogrel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000008516 Capsule Opacification Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940123587 Cell cycle inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloditan Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C(C(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000531 Co alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010038218 Dietary Fish Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RYECOJGRJDOGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylurea Chemical compound CCNC(N)=O RYECOJGRJDOGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074860 Factor Xa Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010190 G1 phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016648 Immunophilins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000521 Immunophilins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022337 Integrin alpha-V Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032382 Ischaemic stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meclofenamic Acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Cl)C(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1Cl SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nabumetone Chemical compound C1=C(CCC(C)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000034827 Neointima Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical class O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000012868 Overgrowth Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100027913 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002614 Polyether block amide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010036346 Posterior capsule opacification Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940078123 Ras inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010038563 Reocclusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004163 Spermaceti wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010023197 Streptokinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187391 Streptomyces hygroscopicus Species 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010042618 Surgical procedure repeated Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N Tacrolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1\C=C(/C)[C@@H]1[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)[C@H](CC=C)/C=C(C)/C[C@H](C)C[C@H](OC)[C@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)O[C@@]2(O)C(=O)C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)O1 QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010006877 Tacrolimus Binding Protein 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000011102 Thera Species 0.000 description 1
- FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiotepa Chemical compound C1CN1P(N1CC1)(=S)N1CC1 FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003938 Thromboxane Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000300 Thromboxane Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GSNOZLZNQMLSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trapidil Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC(C)=NC2=NC=NN12 GSNOZLZNQMLSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000435 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003990 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010053648 Vascular occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920006099 Vestamid® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010048673 Vitronectin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000446 abciximab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- NOSIYYJFMPDDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N acepromazine Chemical compound C1=C(C(C)=O)C=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 NOSIYYJFMPDDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005054 acepromazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PDODBKYPSUYQGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;1h-indene Chemical class CC(O)=O.C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 PDODBKYPSUYQGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001780 adrenocortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006838 adverse reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003232 aliphatic polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000473 altretamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003437 aminoglutethimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ROBVIMPUHSLWNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminoglutethimide Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C=CC=1C1(CC)CCC(=O)NC1=O ROBVIMPUHSLWNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium persulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006125 amorphous polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125364 angiotensin receptor blocker Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045799 anthracyclines and related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthranilic acid Chemical class NC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002095 anti-migrative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001262 anti-secretory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003529 anticholesteremic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127226 anticholesterol agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045687 antimetabolites folic acid analogs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127218 antiplatelet drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004676 antithrombotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127217 antithrombotic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002376 aorta thoracic Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AUJRCFUBUPVWSZ-XTZHGVARSA-M auranofin Chemical compound CCP(CC)(CC)=[Au]S[C@@H]1O[C@H](COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O AUJRCFUBUPVWSZ-XTZHGVARSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005207 auranofin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001799 aurothioglucose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002170 azathioprine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LMEKQMALGUDUQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N azathioprine Chemical compound CN1C=NC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1SC1=NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 LMEKQMALGUDUQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010923 batch production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001716 benzalkonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CYDRXTMLKJDRQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzododecinium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CYDRXTMLKJDRQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002537 betamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N betamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003851 biochemical process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010055460 bivalirudin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960001500 bivalirudin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIRCOABEOLEUMC-GEJPAHFPSA-N bivalirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OIRCOABEOLEUMC-GEJPAHFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical class N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000316 bone substitute Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003486 chemical etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZMZREIADCOWQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium cobalt nickel Chemical compound [Cr].[Co].[Ni] SZMZREIADCOWQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KNHUKKLJHYUCFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N clofibrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 KNHUKKLJHYUCFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003009 clopidogrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GKTWGGQPFAXNFI-HNNXBMFYSA-N clopidogrel Chemical compound C1([C@H](N2CC=3C=CSC=3CC2)C(=O)OC)=CC=CC=C1Cl GKTWGGQPFAXNFI-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940000425 combination drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002788 crimping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoliosyl-3C-alpha-L-digitoxosyl-MTM Natural products CC=1C(O)=C2C(O)=C3C(=O)C(OC4OC(C)C(O)C(OC5OC(C)C(O)C(OC6OC(C)C(O)C(C)(O)C6)C5)C4)C(C(OC)C(=O)C(O)C(C)O)CC3=CC2=CC=1OC(OC(C)C1O)CC1OC1CC(O)C(O)C(C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IZEKFCXSFNUWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipyridamole Chemical compound C=12N=C(N(CCO)CCO)N=C(N3CCCCC3)C2=NC(N(CCO)CCO)=NC=1N1CCCCC1 IZEKFCXSFNUWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005584 early death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001123 epoprostenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N epoprostenol Chemical compound O1C(=CCCCC(O)=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003090 exacerbative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021323 fish oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000961 floxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N floxuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002011 fludrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N fludrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002224 folic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002344 gold compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940015045 gold sodium thiomalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- LVASCWIMLIKXLA-LSDHHAIUSA-N halofuginone Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CCCN[C@H]1CC(=O)CN1C(=O)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Br)C=C2N=C1 LVASCWIMLIKXLA-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010152 halofuginone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000004 hemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002439 hemostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002634 heparin fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- VBZWSGALLODQNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoroacetone Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)C(F)(F)F VBZWSGALLODQNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUVWYPNAQBNQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylmelamine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=NC(N(C)C)=NC(N(C)C)=N1 UUVWYPNAQBNQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000003906 hydrocephalus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002608 intravascular ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004130 itraconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004752 ketorolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010021336 lanreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002437 lanreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003698 laser cutting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124302 mTOR inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003628 mammalian target of rapamycin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004961 mechlorethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N mechlorethamine Chemical compound ClCCN(C)CCCl HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003803 meclofenamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003464 mefenamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N mefenamic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1C HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001617 migratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000350 mitotane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004866 mycophenolate mofetil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RTGDFNSFWBGLEC-SYZQJQIISA-N mycophenolate mofetil Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C=2COC(=O)C=2C(O)=C1C\C=C(/C)CCC(=O)OCCN1CCOCC1 RTGDFNSFWBGLEC-SYZQJQIISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RKISUIUJZGSLEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(octadecanoylamino)ethyl]octadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCNC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC RKISUIUJZGSLEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004270 nabumetone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000017066 negative regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021590 normal diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002875 norsteroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002340 pentostatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N pentostatin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC[C@H]2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002895 phenylbutazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbutazonum Chemical compound O=C1C(CCCC)C(=O)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002702 piroxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000052 poly(p-xylylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005569 poly(vinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000131 polyvinylidene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000683 possible toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000624 procarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N procarbazine Chemical compound CNNCC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(C)C)C=C1 CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004080 punching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008458 response to injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003935 rough endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940058287 salicylic acid derivative anticestodals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003872 salicylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003752 saphenous vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940121356 serotonin receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012781 shape memory material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGHLUVOCTHWMJV-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium;gold(3+);2-sulfanylbutanedioate Chemical compound [Na+].[Au+3].[O-]C(=O)CC(S)C([O-])=O.[O-]C(=O)CC(S)C([O-])=O AGHLUVOCTHWMJV-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019385 spermaceti wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005202 streptokinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000894 sulindac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N sulindac Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CC=C(S(C)=O)C=C1 MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000057 systemic toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002871 tenoxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WZWYJBNHTWCXIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tenoxicam Chemical compound O=C1C=2SC=CC=2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C1=C(O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 WZWYJBNHTWCXIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002722 terbinafine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DOMXUEMWDBAQBQ-WEVVVXLNSA-N terbinafine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CN(C\C=C\C#CC(C)(C)C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 DOMXUEMWDBAQBQ-WEVVVXLNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012085 test solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000008542 thermal sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001196 thiotepa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001732 thrombotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003106 tissue adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075469 tissue adhesives Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002407 tissue scaffold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001017 tolmetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolmetin Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(CC(O)=O)N1C UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000816 toxic dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000363 trapidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005294 triamcinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N triamcinolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@]([C@H](O)C4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005671 trienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCCO1 YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005483 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004917 tyrosine kinase inhibitor derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005356 urokinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000021331 vascular occlusion disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004509 vascular smooth muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940117958 vinyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005080 warfarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N warfarin Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004552 water soluble powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004736 wide-angle X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003245 working effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/08—Materials for coatings
- A61L31/10—Macromolecular materials
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/82—Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/86—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure
- A61F2/90—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure
- A61F2/91—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure made from perforated sheet material or tubes, e.g. perforated by laser cuts or etched holes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/82—Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/86—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure
- A61F2/90—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure
- A61F2/91—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure made from perforated sheet material or tubes, e.g. perforated by laser cuts or etched holes
- A61F2/915—Stents in a form characterised by the wire-like elements; Stents in the form characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure characterised by a net-like or mesh-like structure made from perforated sheet material or tubes, e.g. perforated by laser cuts or etched holes with bands having a meander structure, adjacent bands being connected to each other
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/14—Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
- A61L31/16—Biologically active materials, e.g. therapeutic substances
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2230/00—Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2230/0002—Two-dimensional shapes, e.g. cross-sections
- A61F2230/0028—Shapes in the form of latin or greek characters
- A61F2230/005—Rosette-shaped, e.g. star-shaped
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2230/00—Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2230/0002—Two-dimensional shapes, e.g. cross-sections
- A61F2230/0028—Shapes in the form of latin or greek characters
- A61F2230/0054—V-shaped
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2230/00—Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2230/0063—Three-dimensional shapes
- A61F2230/0067—Three-dimensional shapes conical
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2250/00—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2250/0058—Additional features; Implant or prostheses properties not otherwise provided for
- A61F2250/0067—Means for introducing or releasing pharmaceutical products into the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2250/00—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2250/0058—Additional features; Implant or prostheses properties not otherwise provided for
- A61F2250/0096—Markers and sensors for detecting a position or changes of a position of an implant, e.g. RF sensors, ultrasound markers
- A61F2250/0098—Markers and sensors for detecting a position or changes of a position of an implant, e.g. RF sensors, ultrasound markers radio-opaque, e.g. radio-opaque markers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2300/00—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2300/00—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
- A61L2300/40—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
- A61L2300/41—Anti-inflammatory agents, e.g. NSAIDs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2300/00—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
- A61L2300/40—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
- A61L2300/416—Anti-neoplastic or anti-proliferative or anti-restenosis or anti-angiogenic agents, e.g. paclitaxel, sirolimus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2300/00—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
- A61L2300/60—Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a special physical form
- A61L2300/606—Coatings
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B05—SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
- B05D—PROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
- B05D3/00—Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
- B05D3/02—Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by baking
- B05D3/0254—After-treatment
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/31504—Composite [nonstructural laminate]
- Y10T428/3154—Of fluorinated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the local administration of drug/drug combinations for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease, and more particularly to intraluminal medical devices for the local delivery of drug/drug combinations for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease caused by injury and methods for maintaining the drug/drug combinations on the intraluminal medical devices.
- the present invention also relates to medical devices having drugs, agents or compounds affixed thereto to minimize or substantially eliminate a biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device to the organism.
- Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is a medical procedure whose purpose is to increase blood flow through an artery. Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is the predominant treatment for coronary vessel stenosis. The increasing use of this procedure is attributable to its relatively high success rate and its minimal invasiveness compared with coronary bypass surgery.
- a limitation associated with percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is the abrupt closure of the vessel which may occur immediately after the procedure and restenosis which occurs gradually following the procedure. Additionally, restenosis is a chronic problem in patients who have undergone saphenous vein bypass grafting. The mechanism of acute occlusion appears to involve several factors and may result from vascular recoil with resultant closure of the artery and/or deposition of blood platelets and fibrin along the damaged length of the newly opened blood vessel.
- Restenosis after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is a more gradual process initiated by vascular injury. Multiple processes, including thrombosis, inflammation, growth factor and cytokine release, cell proliferation, cell migration and extracellular matrix synthesis each contribute to the restenotic process.
- thrombotic and inflammatory response Upon pressure expansion of an intracoronary balloon catheter during angioplasty, smooth muscle cells within the vessel wall become injured, initiating a thrombotic and inflammatory response.
- Cell derived growth factors such as platelet derived growth factor, basic fibroblast growth factor, epidermal growth factor, thrombin, etc., released from platelets, invading macrophages and/or leukocytes, or directly from the smooth muscle cells provoke a proliferative and migratory response in medial smooth muscle cells. These cells undergo a change from the contractile phenotype to a synthetic phenotype characterized by only a few contractile filament bundles, extensive rough endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi and free ribosomes. Proliferation/migration usually begins within one to two days post-injury and peaks several days thereafter (Campbell and Campbell, 1987; Clowes and Schwartz, 1985).
- inflammatory cells adhere to the site of vascular injury. Within three to seven days post-injury, inflammatory cells have migrated to the deeper layers of the vessel wall. In animal models employing either balloon injury or stent implantation, inflammatory cells may persist at the site of vascular injury for at least thirty days (Tanaka et al., 1993; Edelman et al., 1998). Inflammatory cells therefore are present and may contribute to both the acute and chronic phases of restenosis.
- heparin and heparin fragments include: heparin and heparin fragments (Clowes, A. W. and Karnovsky M., Nature 265: 25-26, 1977; Guyton, J. R. et al., Circ. Res., 46: 625-634, 1980; Clowes, A. W. and Clowes, M. M., Lab. Invest. 52: 611-616, 1985; Clowes, A. W. and Clowes, M. M., Circ. Res.
- angiopeptin (Lundergan, C. F. et al. Am. J. Cardiol. 17(Suppl. B):132B-136B, 1991), cyclosporin A (Jonasson, L. et al., Proc. Natl., Acad. Sci., 85: 2303, 1988), goat-anti-rabbit PDGF antibody (Ferns, G. A. A., et al., Science 253: 1129-1132, 1991), terbinafine (Nemecek, G. M. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Thera.
- agents with diverse mechanisms of smooth muscle cell inhibition may have therapeutic utility in reducing intimal hyperplasia.
- the platelet GP II b /III a receptor, antagonist, Reopro® is still under study but Reopro® has not shown definitive results for the reduction in restenosis following angioplasty and stenting.
- Other agents which have also been unsuccessful in the prevention of restenosis, include the calcium channel antagonists, prostacyclin mimetics, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, serotonin receptor antagonists, and anti-proliferative agents.
- anti-proliferative (or anti-restenosis) concentrations may exceed the known toxic concentrations of these agents so that levels sufficient to produce smooth muscle inhibition may not be reached (Mak and Topol, 1997; Lang et al., 1991; Popma et al., 1991).
- ionizing radiation has shown significant promise in reducing or preventing restenosis after angioplasty in patients with stents (Teirstein et al., 1997).
- the most effective treatments for restenosis are repeat angioplasty, atherectomy or coronary artery bypass grafting, because no therapeutic agents currently have Food and Drug Administration approval for use for the prevention of post-angioplasty restenosis.
- stents Unlike systemic pharmacologic therapy, stents have proven useful in significantly reducing restenosis.
- stents are balloon-expandable slotted metal tubes (usually, but not limited to, stainless steel), which, when expanded within the lumen of an angioplastied coronary artery, provide structural support through rigid scaffolding to the arterial wall. This support is helpful in maintaining vessel lumen patency.
- stents increased angiographic success after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, by increasing minimal lumen diameter and reducing, but not eliminating, the incidence of restenosis at six months (Serruys et al., 1994; Fischman et al., 1994).
- heparin coating of stents appears to have the added benefit of producing a reduction in sub-acute thrombosis after stent implantation (Serruys et al., 1996).
- sustained mechanical expansion of a stenosed coronary artery with a stent has been shown to provide some measure of restenosis prevention, and the coating of stents with heparin has demonstrated both the feasibility and the clinical usefulness of delivering drugs locally, at the site of injured tissue.
- the use of heparin coated stents demonstrates the feasibility and clinical usefulness of local drug delivery; however, the manner in which the particular drug or drug combination is affixed to the local delivery device will play a role in the efficacy of this type of treatment.
- the processes and materials utilized to affix the drug/drug combinations to the local delivery device should not interfere with the operations of the drug/drug combinations.
- the processes and materials utilized should be biocompatible and maintain the drug/drug combinations on the local device through delivery and over a given period of time. For example, removal of the drug/drug combination during delivery of the local delivery device may potentially cause failure of the device.
- the coatings may be capable themselves of reducing the stimulus the stent provides to the injured lumen wall, thus reducing the tendency towards thrombosis or restenosis.
- the coating may deliver a pharmaceutical/therapeutic agent or drug to the lumen that reduces smooth muscle tissue proliferation or restenosis.
- the mechanism for delivery of the agent is through diffusion of the agent through either a bulk polymer or through pores that are created in the polymer structure, or by erosion of a biodegradable coating.
- Both bioabsorbable and biostable compositions have been reported as coatings for stents. They generally have been polymeric coatings that either encapsulate a pharmaceutical/therapeutic agent or drug, e.g. rapamycin, taxol etc., or bind such an agent to the surface, e.g. heparin-coated stents. These coatings are applied to the stent in a number of ways, including, though not limited to, dip, spray, or spin coating processes.
- PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
- Stents with coatings made from polyvinylidenefluoride homopolymers and containing pharmaceutical/therapeutic agents or drugs for release have been suggested.
- they are difficult to apply as high quality films onto surfaces without subjecting them to relatively high temperatures, that correspond to the melting temperature of the polymer.
- the drug/drug combination therapies, drug/drug combination carriers and associated local delivery devices of the present invention provide a means for overcoming the difficulties associated with the methods and devices currently in use, as briefly described above.
- the methods for maintaining the drug/drug combinations and drug/drug combination carriers on the local delivery device ensure that the drug/drug combination therapies reach the target site.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, and at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof, and a material for preventing the at least one agent from separating from the medical device prior to and during implantation of the medical device at the treatment site, the material being affixed to at least one of the medical devices or a delivery system for the medical device.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the device comprises a stent, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the device comprises a stent having a substantially tubular member having open ends, and a first diameter for insertion into a lumen of a vessel and a second diameter for anchoring in the lumen of the vessel, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof, and a material for preventing the at least one agent from separating from the medical device prior to and during implantation of the medical device at the treatment site, the material being affixed to at least one of the medical devices or a delivery system for the medical device.
- the present invention is directed to a local drug delivery device.
- the device comprises a stent having a substantially tubular member having open ends, and a first diameter for insertion into a lumen of a vessel and a second diameter for anchoring in the lumen of a vessel, a biocompatible polymeric vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and rapamycin, in therapeutic dosages, incorporated into the biocompatible polymeric vehicle.
- the present invention is directed to a method of coating a medical device with a therapeutic agent.
- the method comprises the steps of creating a polymer utilizing vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene in a batch emulsion polymerization process, priming the medical device with the polymer utilizing a dip coating process, creating a polymer and therapeutic agent mixture, applying the polymer and therapeutic agent mixture on the primer layer utilizing a spin coating process, and drying the medical device in a vacuum oven for approximately sixteen hours at a temperature in the range of fifty to sixty degrees centigrade.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, and at least one agent incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle.
- the at least one agent being designed to react with one or more chemicals produced by the living organism to treat reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into the vasculature of a living organism.
- the medical device comprises a self-expanding stent, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and rapamycin, in therapeutic dosages, incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the prevention of restenosis.
- the present invention is directed to a method of coating a medical device with a therapeutic agent.
- the method comprises the steps of creating a polymer utilizing vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene, adding one or more therapeutic agents to the polymer to create a polymer and therapeutic agent mixture, and applying the polymer and therapeutic agent mixture to the medical device.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of disease proximate the implantation site.
- the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism.
- the medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of disease remote from the implantation site.
- the medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings or vehicles thereon of the present invention utilizes a combination of materials to treat disease, and reactions by living organisms due to the implantation of medical devices for the treatment of disease or other conditions.
- the local delivery of drugs, agents or compounds generally substantially reduces the potential toxicity of the drugs, agents or compounds when compared to systemic delivery while increasing their efficacy.
- Drugs, agents or compounds may be affixed to any number of medical devices to treat various diseases.
- the drugs, agents or compounds may also be affixed to minimize or substantially eliminate the biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device utilized to treat a separate condition.
- stents may be introduced to open coronary arteries or other body lumens such as biliary ducts. The introduction of these stents cause a smooth muscle cell proliferation effect as well as inflammation. Accordingly, the stents may be coated with drugs, agents or compounds to combat these reactions.
- the drugs, agents or compounds will vary depending upon the type of medical device, the reaction to the introduction of the medical device and/or the disease sought to be treated.
- the type of coating or vehicle utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds to the medical device may also vary depending on a number of factors, including the type of medical device, the type of drug, agent or compound and the rate of release thereof.
- the drugs, agents or compounds should preferably remain on the medical devices during delivery and implantation. Accordingly, various coating techniques for creating strong bonds between the drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized. In addition, various materials may be utilized as surface modifications to prevent the drugs, agents or compounds from coming off prematurely.
- FIG. 1 is a view along the length of a stent (ends not shown) prior to expansion showing the exterior surface of the stent and the characteristic banding pattern.
- FIG. 2 is a view along the length of the stent of FIG. 1 having reservoirs in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 3 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention over which no topcoat has been disposed.
- FIG. 4 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention including a topcoat disposed thereon.
- FIG. 5 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention over which no topcoat has been disposed.
- FIG. 6 indicates in vivo stent release kinetics of rapamycin from poly(VDF/HFP).
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent of FIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a first exemplary embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent of FIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a second exemplary embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent of FIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a third exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an exemplary stent in its compressed state which may be utilized in conjunction with the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a sectional, flat view of the stent shown in FIG. 10 .
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the stent shown in FIG. 10 but showing it in its expanded state.
- FIG. 13 is an enlarged sectional view of the stent shown in FIG. 12 .
- FIG. 14 is an enlarged view of section of the stent shown in FIG. 11 .
- FIG. 15 is a view similar to that of FIG. 11 but showing an alternate embodiment of the stent.
- FIG. 16 is a perspective view of the stent of FIG. 10 having a plurality of markers attached to the ends thereof in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a marker in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is an enlarged perspective view of an end of the stent with the markers forming a substantially straight line in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a simplified partial cross-sectional view of a stent delivery apparatus having a stent loaded therein, which can be used with a stent made in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is a view similar to that of FIG. 19 but showing an enlarged view of the distal end of the apparatus.
- FIG. 21 is a perspective view of an end of the stent with the markers in a partially expanded form as it emerges from the delivery apparatus in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a balloon having a lubricious coating affixed thereto in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent in FIG. 1 having a lubricious coating affixed thereto in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a self-expanding stent in a delivery device having a lubricious coating in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent in FIG. 1 having a modified polymer coating in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 26 illustrates an exemplary balloon-expandable stent having an alternative arrangement of “N” and “J” links between sets of strut members, represented on a flat, two-dimensional plan view in accordance with the present invention.
- the drug/drug combinations and delivery devices of the present invention may be utilized to effectively prevent and treat vascular disease, and in particular, vascular disease caused by injury.
- vascular disease vascular disease caused by injury.
- Various medical treatment devices utilized in the treatment of vascular disease may ultimately induce further complications.
- balloon angioplasty is a procedure utilized to increase blood flow through an artery and is the predominant treatment for coronary vessel stenosis.
- the procedure typically causes a certain degree of damage to the vessel wall, thereby potentially exacerbating the problem at a point later in time.
- exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described with respect to the treatment of restenosis and related complications following percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty and other similar arterial/venous procedures.
- Devices which serve to improve the structure and function of tissue or organ may also show benefits when combined with the appropriate agent or agents.
- improved osteointegration of orthopedic devices to enhance stabilization of the implanted device could potentially be achieved by combining it with agents such as bone-morphogenic protein.
- other surgical devices sutures, staples, anastomosis devices, vertebral disks, bone pins, suture anchors, hemostatic barriers, clamps, screws, plates, clips, vascular implants, tissue adhesives and sealants, tissue scaffolds, various types of dressings, bone substitutes, intraluminal devices, and vascular supports could also provide enhanced patient benefit using this drug-device combination approach.
- any type of medical device may be coated in some fashion with a drug or drug combination which enhances treatment over use of the singular use of the device or pharmaceutical agent.
- the coatings on these devices may be used to deliver therapeutic and pharmaceutic agents including: antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (i.e. vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), paclitaxel, epidipodophyllotoxins (i.e.
- antibiotics dactinomycin (actinomycin D) daunorubicin, doxorubicin and idarubicin
- anthracyclines mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin
- enzymes L-asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine
- antiplatelet agents such as G(GP)II b III a inhibitors and vitronectin receptor antagonists
- antiproliferative/antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelamines (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, n
- anticoagulants heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin
- fibrinolytic agents such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab
- antimigratory antisecretory (breveldin)
- antiinflammatory such as adrenocortical steroids (cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, 6 ⁇ -methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone, and dexamethasone), non-steroidal agents (salicylic acid derivatives i.e.
- a combination of drugs, agents or compounds which prevents smooth muscle cell proliferation, reduces inflammation and reduces coagulation or prevents smooth muscle cell proliferation by multiple mechanisms, reduces inflammation and reduces coagulation combined with a stent may provide the most efficacious treatment for post-angioplasty restenosis.
- the systemic use of drugs, agents or compounds in combination with the local delivery of the same or different drug/drug combinations may also provide a beneficial treatment option.
- the local delivery of drug/drug combinations from a stent has the following advantages; namely, the prevention of vessel recoil and remodeling through the scaffolding action of the stent and the prevention of multiple components of neointimal hyperplasia or restenosis as well as a reduction in inflammation and thrombosis.
- This local administration of drugs, agents or compounds to stented coronary arteries may also have additional therapeutic benefit.
- higher tissue concentrations of the drugs, agents or compounds may be achieved utilizing local delivery, rather than systemic administration.
- reduced systemic toxicity may be achieved utilizing local delivery rather than systemic administration while maintaining higher tissue concentrations.
- a single procedure may suffice with better patient compliance.
- An additional benefit of combination drug, agent, and/or compound therapy may be to reduce the dose of each of the therapeutic drugs, agents or compounds, thereby limiting their toxicity, while still achieving a reduction in restenosis, inflammation and thrombosis.
- Local stent-based therapy is therefore a means of improving the therapeutic ratio (efficacy/toxicity) of anti-restenosis, anti-inflammatory, anti-thrombotic drugs, agents or compounds.
- stents there are a multiplicity of different stents that may be utilized following percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty. Although any number of stents may be utilized in accordance with the present invention, for simplicity, a limited number of stents will be described in exemplary embodiments of the present invention. The skilled artisan will recognize that any number of stents may be utilized in connection with the present invention. In addition, as stated above, other medical devices may be utilized.
- a stent is commonly used as a tubular structure left inside the lumen of a duct to relieve an obstruction.
- stents are inserted into the lumen in a non-expanded form and are then expanded autonomously, or with the aid of a second device in situ.
- a typical method of expansion occurs through the use of a catheter-mounted angioplasty balloon which is inflated within the stenosed vessel or body passageway in order to shear and disrupt the obstructions associated with the wall components of the vessel and to obtain an enlarged lumen.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an exemplary stent 100 which may be utilized in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
- the expandable cylindrical stent 100 comprises a fenestrated structure for placement in a blood vessel, duct or lumen to hold the vessel, duct or lumen open, more particularly for protecting a segment of artery from restenosis after angioplasty.
- the stent 100 may be expanded circumferentially and maintained in an expanded configuration, that is circumferentially or radially rigid.
- the stent 100 is axially flexible and when flexed at a band, the stent 100 avoids any externally-protruding component parts.
- the stent 100 generally comprises first and second ends with an intermediate section therebetween.
- the stent 100 has a longitudinal axis and comprises a plurality of longitudinally disposed bands 102 , wherein each band 102 defines a generally continuous wave along a line segment parallel to the longitudinal axis.
- a plurality of circumferentially arranged links 104 maintain the bands 102 in a substantially tubular structure.
- each longitudinally disposed band 102 is connected at a plurality of periodic locations, by a short circumferentially arranged link 104 to an adjacent band 102 .
- each of the bands 102 has approximately the same fundamental spatial frequency in the intermediate section, and the bands 102 are so disposed that the wave associated with them are generally aligned so as to be generally in phase with one another. As illustrated in the figure, each longitudinally arranged band 102 undulates through approximately two cycles before there is a link to an adjacent band 102 .
- the stent 100 may be fabricated utilizing any number of methods.
- the stent 100 may be fabricated from a hollow or formed stainless steel tube that may be machined using lasers, electric discharge milling, chemical etching or other means.
- the stent 100 is inserted into the body and placed at the desired site in an unexpanded form.
- expansion may be effected in a blood vessel by a balloon catheter, where the final diameter of the stent 100 is a function of the diameter of the balloon catheter used.
- a stent 100 in accordance with the present invention may be embodied in a shape-memory material, including, for example, an appropriate alloy of nickel and titanium or stainless steel. Structures formed from stainless steel may be made self-expanding by configuring the stainless steel in a predetermined manner, for example, by twisting it into a braided configuration. In this embodiment after the stent 100 has been formed it may be compressed so as to occupy a space sufficiently small as to permit its insertion in a blood vessel or other tissue by insertion means, wherein the insertion means include a suitable catheter, or flexible rod. On emerging from the catheter, the stent 100 may be configured to expand into the desired configuration where the expansion is automatic or triggered by a change in pressure, temperature or electrical stimulation.
- FIG. 2 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the present invention utilizing the stent 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- the stent 100 may be modified to comprise one or more reservoirs 106 .
- Each of the reservoirs 106 may be opened or closed as desired.
- These reservoirs 106 may be specifically designed to hold the drug/drug combinations to be delivered.
- the reservoir size in the bands 102 is preferably sized to adequately apply the drug/drug combination dosage at the desired location and in the desired amount.
- the entire inner and outer surface of the stent 100 may be coated with drug/drug combinations in therapeutic dosage amounts.
- drug/drug combinations in therapeutic dosage amounts.
- FIG. 26 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a balloon-expandable stent.
- FIG. 26 illustrates the stent 900 in its crimped, pre-deployed state as it would appear if it were cut longitudinally and then laid out into a flat, two-dimensional configuration.
- the stent 900 has curved end struts 902 and diagonal struts 904 with each set of strut members 906 connected by sets of flexible links 908 , 910 or 912 .
- three different types of flexible links are used.
- a set of “N” links 910 comprising six circumferentially spaced “N” links 914 and a set of inverted “N” links 912 comprising six circumferentially spaced inverted “N” links 916 each connect to adjacent sets of strut members 906 at the ends of the stent 900 .
- a set of inverted “J” links 918 comprising six circumferentially spaced inverted “J” links 908 are used to connect the adjacent sets of strut members 906 in the center of the stent 900 .
- the shape of the “N” links 914 and inverted “N” links 916 facilitate the links' ability to lengthen and shorten as the stent bends around a curve during delivery into the human body.
- the stent 900 with its greater strength at its central region would advantageously be used for comparatively short stenoses that have a tough, calcified central section. It should also be understood that a regular “J” link could be used for the stent 900 in place of the inverted “J” link 908 .
- Other exemplary embodiments of balloon expandable stents may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,403 B1 issued on Feb. 20, 2001 and which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Rapamycin is a macrocyclic triene antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,929,992. It has been found that rapamycin among other things inhibits the proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells in vivo. Accordingly, rapamycin may be utilized in treating intimal smooth muscle cell hyperplasia, restenosis, and vascular occlusion in a mammal, particularly following either biologically or mechanically mediated vascular injury, or under conditions that would predispose a mammal to suffering such a vascular injury. Rapamycin functions to inhibit smooth muscle cell proliferation and does not interfere with the re-endothelialization of the vessel walls.
- Rapamycin reduces vascular hyperplasia by antagonizing smooth muscle proliferation in response to mitogenic signals that are released during an angioplasty induced injury. Inhibition of growth factor and cytokine mediated smooth muscle proliferation at the late G1 phase of the cell cycle is believed to be the dominant mechanism of action of rapamycin. However, rapamycin is also known to prevent T-cell proliferation and differentiation when administered systemically. This is the basis for its immunosuppresive activity and its ability to prevent graft rejection.
- rapamycin includes rapamycin and all analogs, derivatives and congeners that find FKBP12, and other immunophilins, and possesses the same pharmacologic properties as rapamycin.
- the anti-proliferative effects of rapamycin may be achieved through systemic use, superior results may be achieved through the local delivery of the compound.
- rapamycin works in the tissues, which are in proximity to the compound, and has diminished effect as the distance from the delivery device increases. In order to take advantage of this effect, one would want the rapamycin in direct contact with the lumen walls.
- the rapamycin is incorporated onto the surface of the stent or portions thereof.
- the rapamycin is preferably incorporated into the stent 100 , illustrated in FIG. 1 , where the stent 100 makes contact with the lumen wall.
- Rapamycin may be incorporated onto or affixed to the stent in a number of ways.
- the rapamycin is directly incorporated into a polymeric matrix and sprayed onto the outer surface of the stent.
- the rapamycin elutes from the polymeric matrix over time and enters the surrounding tissue.
- the rapamycin preferably remains on the stent for at least three days up to approximately six months, and more preferably between seven and thirty days.
- the polymeric matrix comprises two layers.
- the base layer comprises a solution of poly(ethylene-co-vinylacetate) and polybutylmethacrylate.
- the rapamycin is incorporated into this base layer.
- the outer layer comprises only polybutylmethacrylate and acts as a diffusion barrier to prevent the rapamycin from eluting too quickly.
- the thickness of the outer layer or top coat determines the rate at which the rapamycin elutes from the matrix. Essentially, the rapamycin elutes from the matrix by diffusion through the polymer matrix. Polymers are permeable, thereby allowing solids, liquids and gases to escape therefrom.
- the total thickness of the polymeric matrix is in the range from about one micron to about twenty microns or greater. It is important to note that primer layers and metal surface treatments may be utilized before the polymeric matrix is affixed to the medical device. For example, acid cleaning, alkaline (base) cleaning, salinization and parylene deposition may be used as part of the overall process described below.
- the poly(ethylene-co-vinylacetate), polybutylmethacrylate and rapamycin solution may be incorporated into or onto the stent in a number of ways.
- the solution may be sprayed onto the stent or the stent may be dipped into the solution.
- Other methods include spin coating and RF-plasma polymerization.
- the solution is sprayed onto the stent and then allowed to dry.
- the solution may be electrically charged to one polarity and the stent electrically changed to the opposite polarity. In this manner, the solution and stent will be attracted to one another. In using this type of spraying process, waste may be reduced and more precise control over the thickness of the coat may be achieved.
- the rapamycin or other therapeutic agent may be incorporated into a film-forming polyfluoro copolymer comprising an amount of a first moiety selected from the group consisting of polymerized vinylidenefluoride and polymerized tetrafluoroethylene, and an amount of a second moiety other than the first moiety and which is copolymerized with the first moiety, thereby producing the polyfluoro copolymer, the second moiety being capable of providing toughness or elastomeric properties to the polyfluoro copolymer, wherein the relative amounts of the first moiety and the second moiety are effective to provide the coating and film produced therefrom with properties effective for use in treating implantable medical devices.
- the present invention provides polymeric coatings comprising a polyfluoro copolymer and implantable medical devices, for example, stents coated with a film of the polymeric coating in amounts effective to reduce thrombosis and/or restenosis when such stents are used in, for example, angioplasty procedures.
- polyfluoro copolymers means those copolymers comprising an amount of a first moiety selected from the group consisting of polymerized vinylidenefluoride and polymerized tetrafluoroethylene, and an amount of a second moiety other than the first moiety and which is copolymerized with the first moiety to produce the polyfluoro copolymer, the second moiety being capable of providing toughness or elastomeric properties to the polyfluoro copolymer, wherein the relative amounts of the first moiety and the second moiety are effective to provide coatings and film made from such polyfluoro copolymers with properties effective for use in coating implantable medical devices.
- the coatings may comprise pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents for reducing restenosis, inflammation and/or thrombosis, and stents coated with such coatings may provide sustained release of the agents.
- Films prepared from certain polyfluoro copolymer coatings of the present invention provide the physical and mechanical properties required of conventional coated medical devices, even where maximum temperature, to which the device coatings and films are exposed, are limited to relatively low temperatures. This is particularly important when using the coating/film to deliver pharmaceutical/therapeutic agents or drugs that are heat sensitive, or when applying the coating onto temperature-sensitive devices such as catheters.
- thermoplastic polyfluoro copolymers When maximum exposure temperature is not an issue, for example, where heat-stable agents such as itraconazole are incorporated into the coatings, higher melting thermoplastic polyfluoro copolymers may be used and, if very high elongation and adhesion is required, elastomers may be used. If desired or required, the polyfluoro elastomers may be crosslinked by standard methods described in, e.g., Modern Fluoropolymers , (J. Shires ed.) John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1997, pp. 77-87.
- the present invention comprises polyfluoro copolymers that provide improved biocompatible coatings or vehicles for medical devices. These coatings provide inert biocompatible surfaces to be in contact with body tissue of a mammal, for example, a human, sufficient to reduce restenosis, or thrombosis, or other undesirable reactions. While many reported coatings made from polyfluoro homopolymers are insoluble and/or require high heat, for example, greater than about one hundred twenty-five degrees centigrade, to obtain films with adequate physical and mechanical properties for use on implantable devices, for example, stents, or are not particularly tough or elastomeric, films prepared from the polyfluoro copolymers of the present invention provide adequate adhesion, toughness or elasticity, and resistance to cracking when formed on medical devices. In certain exemplary embodiments, this is the case even where the devices are subjected to relatively low maximum temperatures.
- the polyfluoro copolymers used for coatings according to the present invention are preferably film-forming polymers that have molecular weight high enough so as not to be waxy or tacky.
- the polymers and films formed therefrom should preferably adhere to the stent and not be readily deformable after deposition on the stent as to be able to be displaced by hemodynamic stresses.
- the polymer molecular weight should preferably be high enough to provide sufficient toughness so that films comprising the polymers will not be rubbed off during handling or deployment of the stent. In certain exemplary embodiments the coating will not crack where expansion of the stent or other medical devices occurs.
- Coatings of the present invention comprise polyfluoro copolymers, as defined hereinabove.
- the second moiety polymerized with the first moiety to prepare the polyfluoro copolymer may be selected from those polymerized, biocompatible monomers that would provide biocompatible polymers acceptable for implantation in a mammal, while maintaining sufficient elastomeric film properties for use on medical devices claimed herein.
- Such monomers include, without limitation, hexafluoropropylene (HFP), tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), vinylidenefluoride, 1-hydropentafluoropropylene, perfluoro(methyl vinyl ether), chlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE), pentafluoropropene, trifluoroethylene, hexafluoroacetone and hexafluoroisobutylene.
- HFP hexafluoropropylene
- TFE tetrafluoroethylene
- VFE chlorotrifluoroethylene
- pentafluoropropene trifluoroethylene
- hexafluoroacetone hexafluororoisobutylene.
- Polyfluoro copolymers used in the present invention typically comprise vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with hexafluoropropylene, in the weight ratio in the range of from about fifty to about ninety-two weight percent vinylidinefluoride to about fifty to about eight weight percent HFP.
- polyfluoro copolymers used in the present invention comprise from about fifty to about eighty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with from about fifty to about fifteen weight percent HFP. More preferably, the polyfluoro copolymers will comprise from about fifty-five to about seventy weight percent vinylidineflyoride copolymerized with from about forty-five to about thirty weight percent HFP.
- polyfluoro copolymers comprise from about fifty-five to about sixty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with from about forty-five to about thirty-five weight percent HFP.
- Such polyfluoro copolymers are soluble, in varying degrees, in solvents such as dimethylacetamide (DMAc), tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide and n-methyl pyrrolidone. Some are soluble in methylethylketone (MEK), acetone, methanol and other solvents commonly used in applying coatings to conventional implantable medical devices.
- coatings/films comprise pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents or drugs that are heat sensitive, for example, subject to chemical or physical degradation or other heat-induced negative affects, or when coating heat sensitive substrates of medical devices, for example, subject to heat-induced compositional or structural degradation.
- polyfluoro copolymers used to prepare such devices may be crystalline, semi-crystalline or amorphous.
- Crystalline polyfluoro copolymers tend to resist the tendency to flow under applied stress or gravity when exposed to temperatures above their glass transition (Tg) temperatures. Crystalline polyfluoro copolymers provide tougher coatings and films than their fully amorphous counterparts. In addition, crystalline polymers are more lubricious and more easily handled through crimping and transfer processes used to mount self-expanding stents, for example, nitinol stents.
- Semi-crystalline and amorphous polyfluoro copolymers are advantageous where exposure to elevated temperatures is an issue, for example, where heat-sensitive pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents are incorporated into the coatings and films, or where device design, structure and/or use preclude exposure to such elevated temperatures.
- Semi-crystalline polyfluoro copolymer elastomers comprising relatively high levels, for example, from about thirty to about forty-five weight percent of the second moiety, for example, HFP, copolymerized with the first moiety, for example, VDF, have the advantage of reduced coefficient of friction and self-blocking relative to amorphous polyfluoro copolymer elastomers. Such characteristics may be of significant value when processing, packaging and delivering medical devices coated with such polyfluoro copolymers.
- such polyfluoro copolymer elastomers comprising such relatively high content of the second moiety serves to control the solubility of certain agents, for example, rapamycin, in the polymer and therefore controls permeability of the agent through the matrix.
- Polyfluoro copolymers utilized in the present inventions may be prepared by various known polymerization methods. For example, high pressure, free-radical, semi-continuous emulsion polymerization techniques such as those disclosed in Fluoroelastomers - dependence of relaxation phenomena on compositions , POLYMER 30, 2180, 1989, by Ajroldi, et al., may be employed to prepare amorphous polyfluoro copolymers, some of which may be elastomers. In addition, free-radical batch emulsion polymerization techniques disclosed herein may be used to obtain polymers that are semi-crystalline, even where relatively high levels of the second moiety are included.
- stents may comprise a wide variety of materials and a wide variety of geometrics.
- Stents may be made of biocomptible materials, including biostable and bioabsorbable materials.
- Suitable biocompatible metals include, but are not limited to, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium alloys (including nitinol), and cobalt alloys (including cobalt-chromium nickel alloys).
- Suitable nonmetallic biocompatible materials include, but are not limited to, polyamides, polyolefins (i.e. polypropylene, polyethylene etc.), nonabsorbable polyesters (i.e. polyethylene terephthalate), and bioabsorbable aliphatic polyesters (i.e. homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid, glycolic acid, lactide, glycolide, para-dioxanone, trimethylene carbonate, ⁇ -caprolactone, and blends thereof).
- the film-forming biocompatible polymer coatings generally are applied to the stent in order to reduce local turbulence in blood flow through the stent, as well as adverse tissue reactions.
- the coatings and films formed therefrom also may be used to administer a pharmaceutically active material to the site of the stent placement.
- the amount of polymer coating to be applied to the stent will vary depending on, among other possible parameters, the particular polyfluoro copolymer used to prepare the coating, the stent design and the desired effect of the coating.
- the coated stent will comprise from about 0.1 to about fifteen weight percent of the coating, preferably from about 0.4 to about ten weight percent.
- the polyfluoro copolymer coatings may be applied in one or more coating steps, depending on the amount of polyfluoro copolymer to be applied. Different polyfluoro copolymers may be used for different layers in the stent coating. In fact, in certain exemplary embodiments, it is highly advantageous to use a diluted first coating solution comprising a polyfluoro copolymer as a primer to promote adhesion of a subsequent polyfluoro copolymer coating layer that may include pharmaceutically active materials. The individual coatings may be prepared from different polyfluoro copolymers.
- a top coating may be applied to delay release of the pharmaceutical agent, or they could be used as the matrix for the delivery of a different pharmaceutically active material. Layering of coatings may be used to stage release of the drug or to control release of different agents placed in different layers.
- Blends of polyfluoro copolymers may also be used to control the release rate of different agents or to provide a desirable balance of coating properties, i.e. elasticity, toughness, etc., and drug delivery characteristics, for example, release profile.
- Polyfluoro copolymers with different solubilities in solvents may be used to build up different polymer layers that may be used to deliver different drugs or to control the release profile of a drug.
- polyfluoro copolymers comprising 85.5/14.5 (wt/wt) of poly(vinylidinefluoride/HFP) and 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) of poly(vinylidinefluoride/HFP) are both soluble in DMAc.
- a first layer of the 85.5/14.5 PVDF polyfluoro copolymer comprising a drug could be over coated with a topcoat of the 60.6/39.4 PVDF polyfluoro copolymer made with the methanol solvent.
- the top coating may be used to delay the drug delivery of the drug contained in the first layer.
- the second layer could comprise a different drug to provide for sequential drug delivery. Multiple layers of different drugs could be provided by alternating layers of first one polyfluoro copolymer, then the other. As will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art, numerous layering approaches may be used to provide the desired drug delivery.
- Coatings may be formulated by mixing one or more therapeutic agents with the coating polyfluoro copolymers in a coating mixture.
- the therapeutic agent may be present as a liquid, a finely divided solid, or any other appropriate physical form.
- the coating mixture may include one or more additives, for example, nontoxic auxiliary substances such as diluents, carriers, excipients, stabilizers or the like.
- suitable additives may be formulated with the polymer and pharmaceutically active agent or compound.
- a hydrophilic polymer may be added to a biocompatible hydrophobic coating to modify the release profile, or a hydrophobic polymer may be added to a hydrophilic coating to modify the release profile.
- hydrophilic polymer selected from the group consisting of polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, carboxylmethyl cellulose, and hydroxymethyl cellulose to a polyfluoro copolymer coating to modify the release profile.
- Appropriate relative amounts may be determined by monitoring the in vitro and/or in vivo release profiles for the therapeutic agents.
- the best conditions for the coating application are when the polyfluoro copolymer and pharmaceutic agent have a common solvent. This provides a wet coating that is a true solution. Less desirable, yet still usable, are coatings that contain the pharmaceutical agent as a solid dispersion in a solution of the polymer in solvent. Under the dispersion conditions, care must be taken to ensure that the particle size of the dispersed pharmaceutical powder, both the primary powder size and its aggregates and agglomerates, is small enough not to cause an irregular coating surface or to clog the slots of the stent that need to remain essentially free of coating.
- a clear (polyfluoro copolymer only) topcoat of the same polyfluoro copolymer used to provide sustained release of the drug or another polyfluoro copolymer that further restricts the diffusion of the drug out of the coating may be applied.
- the topcoat may be applied by dip coating with mandrel to clear the slots. This method is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,153,252. Other methods for applying the topcoat include spin coating and spray coating.
- Dip coating of the topcoat can be problematic if the drug is very soluble in the coating solvent, which swells the polyfluoro copolymer, and the clear coating solution acts as a zero concentration sink and redissolves previously deposited drug.
- the time spent in the dip bath may need to be limited so that the drug is not extracted out into the drug-free bath. Drying should be rapid so that the previously deposited drug does not completely diffuse into the topcoat.
- the amount of therapeutic agent will be dependent upon the particular drug employed and medical condition being treated. Typically, the amount of drug represents about 0.001 percent to about seventy percent, more typically about 0.001 percent to about sixty percent.
- the quantity and type of polyfluoro copolymers employed in the coating film comprising the pharmaceutic agent will vary depending on the release profile desired and the amount of drug employed.
- the product may contain blends of the same or different polyfluoro copolymers having different molecular weights to provide the desired release profile or consistency to a given formulation.
- Polyfluoro copolymers may release dispersed drug by diffusion. This can result in prolonged delivery (over, say approximately one to two-thousand hours, preferably two to eight-hundred hours) of effective amounts (0.001 ⁇ g/cm 2 -min to 1000 ⁇ g/cm 2 -min) of the drug.
- the dosage may be tailored to the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, the judgment of the prescribing physician, and the like.
- a drug could be formulated with a polyfluoro copolymer, or blend of polyfluoro copolymers, coated onto a stent and placed in an agitated or circulating fluid system, for example, twenty-five percent ethanol in water. Samples of the circulating fluid could be taken to determine the release profile (such as by HPLC, UV analysis or use of radiotagged molecules). The release of a pharmaceutical compound from a stent coating into the interior wall of a lumen could be modeled in appropriate animal system.
- the drug release profile could then be monitored by appropriate means such as, by taking samples at specific times and assaying the samples for drug concentration (using HPLC to detect drug concentration). Thrombus formation can be modeled in animal models using the In-platelet imaging methods described by Hanson and Harker, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:3184-3188 (1988). Following this or similar procedures, those skilled in the art will be able to formulate a variety of stent coating formulations.
- the coatings and films may be crosslinked once applied to the medical devices.
- Crosslinking may be affected by any of the known crosslinking mechanisms, such as chemical, heat or light.
- crosslinking initiators and promoters may be used where applicable and appropriate.
- curing may affect the rate at which the drug diffuses from the coating.
- Crosslinked polyfluoro copolymers films and coatings of the present invention also may be used without drug to modify the surface of implantable medical devices.
- PVDF homopolymer Solef® 1008 from Solvay Advanced Polymers, Houston, Tex., Tm about 175° C.
- polyfluoro copolymers of poly(vinylidenefluoride/HFP), 92/8 and 91/9 weight percent vinylidenefluoride/HFP as determined by F 19 NMR, respectively eg: Solef® 11010 and 11008, Solvay Advanced Polymers, Houston, Tex., Tm about 159 degrees C. and 160 degrees C., respectively
- Solef® 11010 and 11008 Solvay Advanced Polymers, Houston, Tex., Tm about 159 degrees C. and 160 degrees C., respectively
- polymers are soluble in solvents such as, but not limited to, DMAc, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and acetone.
- solvents such as, but not limited to, DMAc, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and acetone.
- Polymer coatings were prepared by dissolving the polymers in acetone, at five weight percent as a primer, or by dissolving the polymer in 50/50 DMAc/acetone, at thirty weight percent as a topcoat. Coatings that were applied to the stents by dipping and dried at 60 degrees C. in air for several hours, followed by 60 degrees C. for three hours in a ⁇ 100 mm Hg vacuum, resulted in white
- a polyfluoro copolymer (Solef® 21508) comprising 85.5 weight percent vinylidenefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent HFP, as determined by F 19 NMR, was evaluated. This copolymer is less crystalline than the polyfluoro homopolymer and copolymers described in Example 1. It also has a lower melting point reported to be about 133 degrees C.
- a coating comprising about twenty weight percent of the polyfluoro copolymer was applied from a polymer solution in 50/50 DMAc/MEK. After drying (in air) at 60 degrees C. for several hours, followed by 60 degrees C. for three hours in a ⁇ 100 mtorr Hg vacuum, clear adherent films were obtained.
- Coatings were smoother and more adherent than those of Example 1. Some coated stents that underwent expansion show some degree of adhesion loss and “tenting” as the film pulls away from the metal. Where necessary, modification of coatings containing such copolymers may be made, e.g. by addition of plasticizers or the like to the coating compositions. Films prepared from such coatings may be used to coat stents or other medical devices, particularly where those devices are not susceptible to expansion to the degree of the stents.
- Polyfluoro copolymers of still higher HFP content were then examined. This series of polymers were not semicrystalline, but rather are marketed as elastomers.
- One such copolymer is FluorelTM FC2261 Q (from Dyneon, a 3M-Hoechst Enterprise, Oakdale, Minn.), a 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) copolymer of vinylidenefluoride/HFP.
- this copolymer has a Tg well below room temperature (Tg about minus twenty degrees C) it is not tacky at room temperature or even at sixty degrees C.
- This polymer has no detectable crystallinity when measured by Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) or by wide angle X-ray diffraction. Films formed on stents as described above were non-tacky, clear, and expanded without incident when the stents were expanded.
- coatings comprising the 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) (vinylidenefluoride/HFP) and about nine, thirty and fifty weight percent of rapamycin (Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.), based on total weight of coating solids, respectively.
- Coatings comprising about nine and thirty weight percent rapamycin provided white, adherent, tough films that expanded without incident on the stent. Inclusion of fifty percent drug, in the same manner, resulted in some loss of adhesion upon expansion.
- Changes in the comonomer composition of the polyfluoro copolymer also can affect the nature of the solid state coating, once dried.
- the semicrystalline copolymer, Solef® 21508, containing 85.5 percent vinylidenefluoride polymerized with 14.5 percent by weight HFP forms homogeneous solutions with about 30 percent rapamycin (drug weight divided by total solids weight, for example, drug plus copolymer) in DMAc and 50/50 DMAc/MEK.
- rapamycin drug weight divided by total solids weight, for example, drug plus copolymer
- FIG. 3 is a plot of data for the 85.5/14.5 vinylidenefluoride/HFP polyfluoro copolymer, indicating fraction of drug released as a function of time, with no topcoat.
- FIG. 4 is a plot of data for the same polyfluoro copolymer over which a topcoat has been disposed, indicating that most effect on release rate is with a clear topcoat.
- TC150 refers to a device comprising one hundred fifty micrograms of topcoat
- TC235 refers to two hundred thirty-five micrograms of topcoat, etc.
- the stents before topcoating had an average of seven hundred fifty micrograms of coating containing thirty percent rapamycin.
- FIG. 1 is a plot of data for the 85.5/14.5 vinylidenefluoride/HFP polyfluoro copolymer, indicating fraction of drug released as a function of time, with no topcoat.
- FIG. 4 is a plot of data for the same polyfluoro copolymer over
- 5 is a plot for the 60.6/39.4 vinylidenefluoride/HFP polyfluoro copolymer, indicating fraction of drug released as a function of time, showing significant control of release rate from the coating without the use of a topcoat. Release is controlled by loading of drug in the film.
- Arteriectomy of the right common carotid artery was performed and a 5 F catheter introducer (Cordis, Inc.) placed in the vessel and anchored with ligatures. Iodine contrast agent was injected to visualize the right common carotid artery, brachlocephalic trunk and aortic arch. A steerable guide wire (0.014 inch/180 cm, Cordis, Inc.) was inserted via the introducer and advanced sequentially into each iliac artery to a location where the artery possesses a diameter closest to 2 mm using the angiographic mapping done previously.
- Two stents coated with a film made of poly(VDF/HFP): (60.6/39.4) with thirty percent rapamycin were deployed in each animal where feasible, one in each iliac artery, using 3.0 mm balloon and inflation to 8-10 ATM for thirty seconds followed after a one minute interval by a second inflation to 8-10 ATM for thirty seconds.
- Follow-up angiographs visualizing both iliac arteries are obtained to confirm correct deployment position of the stent.
- the carotid artery was ligated and the skin is closed with 3/0 vicryl suture using a one layered interrupted closure.
- Animals were given butoropanol (0.4 mg/kg, s.c.) and gentamycin (4 mg/kg, i.m.). Following recovery, the animals were returned to their cages and allowed free access to food and water.
- Stented vessels were removed from the remaining seven animals at the following time points: one vessel (one animal) at ten minutes post implant; six vessels (three animals) between forty minutes and two hours post-implant (average, 1.2 hours); two vessels (two animals) at three days post implant; and two vessels (one animal) at seven days post-implant.
- the stent was retrieved from the aorta rather than the iliac artery. Upon removal, arteries were carefully trimmed at both the proximal and distal ends of the stent.
- Vessels were then carefully dissected free of the stent, flushed to remove any residual blood, and both stent and vessel frozen immediately, wrapped separately in foil, labeled and kept frozen at minus eighty degrees C. When all samples had been collected, vessels and stents were frozen, transported and subsequently analyzed for rapamycin in tissue and results are illustrated in FIG. 4 .
- the FluorelTM FC2261 Q copolymer was dissolved in MEK at about ten weight percent and was washed in a 50/50 mixture of ethanol/water at a 14:1 of ethanol/water to the MEK solution ratio. The polymer precipitated out and was separated from the solvent phase by centrifugation. The polymer again was dissolved in MEK and the washing procedure repeated. The polymer was dried after each washing step at sixty degrees C in a vacuum oven ( ⁇ 200 mtorr) over night.
- CrossFlex® stents (available from Cordis, a Johnson & Johnson Company) were coated with the “as received” FluorelTM FC2261 Q PVDF copolymer and with the purified polyfluoro copolymer of Example 6, using the dip and wipe approach.
- the coated stents were sterilized using ethylene oxide and a standard cycle.
- the coated stents and bare metal stents (controls) were implanted in porcine coronary arteries, where they remained for twenty-eight days.
- Angiography was performed on the pigs at implantation and at twenty-eight days. Angiography indicated that the control uncoated stent exhibited about twenty-one percent restenosis.
- the polyfluoro copolymer “as received” exhibited about twenty-six percent restenosis(equivalent to the control) and the washed copolymer exhibited about 12.5 percent restenosis.
- rapamycin acts by entering the surrounding tissue, it is preferably only affixed to the surface of the stent making contact with one tissue. Typically, only the outer surface of the stent makes contact with the tissue. Accordingly, in one exemplary embodiment, only the outer surface of the stent is coated with rapamycin.
- hemostasis occurs through a progression of steps.
- hemostasis is a combination of events involving platelet aggregation and fibrin formation. Platelet aggregation leads to a reduction in the blood flow due to the formation of a cellular plug while a cascade of biochemical steps leads to the formation of a fibrin clot.
- Fibrin clots form in response to injury.
- blood clotting or clotting in a specific area may pose a health risk.
- the endothelial cells of the arterial walls are typically injured, thereby exposing the sub-endothelial cells. Platelets adhere to these exposed cells. The aggregating platelets and the damaged tissue initiate further biochemical process resulting in blood coagulation. Platelet and fibrin blood clots may prevent the normal flow of blood to critical areas. Accordingly, there is a need to control blood clotting in various medical procedures. Compounds that do not allow blood to clot are called anti-coagulants.
- an anti-coagulant is an inhibitor of thrombin formation or function.
- These compounds include drugs such as heparin and hirudin.
- heparin includes all direct or indirect inhibitors of thrombin or Factor Xa.
- heparin In addition to being an effective anti-coagulant, heparin has also been demonstrated to inhibit smooth muscle cell growth in vivo. Thus, heparin may be effectively utilized in conjunction with rapamycin in the treatment of vascular disease. Essentially, the combination of rapamycin and heparin may inhibit smooth muscle cell growth via two different mechanisms in addition to the heparin acting as an anti-coagulant.
- heparin may be immobilized or affixed to a stent in a number of ways.
- heparin may be immobilized onto a variety of surfaces by various methods, including the photolink methods set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,959,078 and 4,722,906 to Guire et al. and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,229,172; 5,308,641; 5,350,800 and 5,415,938 to Cahalan et al.
- Heparinized surfaces have also been achieved by controlled release from a polymer matrix, for example, silicone rubber, as set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,837,313; 6,099,562 and 6,120,536 to Ding et al.
- heparin may be immobilized onto the stent as briefly described below.
- the surface onto which the heparin is to be affixed is cleaned with ammonium peroxidisulfate.
- alternating layers of polyethylenimine and dextran sulfate are deposited thereon.
- four layers of the polyethylenimine and dextran sulfate are deposited with a final layer of polyethylenimine.
- Aldehyde-end terminated heparin is then immobilized to this final layer and stabilized with sodium cyanoborohydride.
- heparin acts on circulating proteins in the blood and heparin need only make contact with blood to be effective. Accordingly, if used in conjunction with a medical device, such as a stent, it would preferably be only on the side that comes into contact with the blood. For example, if heparin were to be administered via a stent, it would only have to be on the inner surface of the stent to be effective.
- a stent may be utilized in combination with rapamycin and heparin to treat vascular disease.
- the heparin is immobilized to the inner surface of the stent so that it is in contact with the blood and the rapamycin is immobilized to the outer surface of the stent so that it is in contact with the surrounding tissue.
- FIG. 7 illustrates a cross-section of a band 102 of the stent 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 . As illustrated, the band 102 is coated with heparin 108 on its inner surface 110 and with rapamycin 112 on its outer surface 114 .
- the stent may comprise a heparin layer immobilized on its inner surface, and rapamycin and heparin on its outer surface.
- heparin tends to form a stronger bond with the surface it is immobilized to then does rapamycin. Accordingly, it may be possible to first immobilize the rapamycin to the outer surface of the stent and then immobilize a layer of heparin to the rapamycin layer.
- the rapamycin may be more securely affixed to the stent while still effectively eluting from its polymeric matrix, through the heparin and into the surrounding tissue.
- FIG. 8 illustrates a cross-section of a band 102 of the stent 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- the band 102 is coated with heparin 108 on its inner surface 110 and with rapamycin 112 and heparin 108 on its outer surface 114 .
- heparin layer may be introduced into the top layer of the polymeric matrix.
- different forms of heparin may be directly immobilized onto the top coat of the polymeric matrix, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 9 .
- a hydrophobic heparin layer 116 may be immobilized onto the top coat layer 118 of the rapamycin layer 112 .
- a hydrophobic form of heparin is utilized because rapamycin and heparin coatings represent incompatible coating application technologies. Rapamycin is an organic solvent-based coating and heparin, in its native form, is a water-based coating.
- a rapamycin coating may be applied to stents by a dip, spray or spin coating method, and/or any combination of these methods.
- Various polymers may be utilized. For example, as described above, poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) and polybutyl methacrylate blends may be utilized. Other polymers may also be utilized, but not limited to, for example, polyvinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene and polyethylbutyl methacrylate-co-hexyl methacrylate.
- barrier or top coatings may also be applied to modulate the dissolution of rapamycin from the polymer matrix.
- a thin layer of heparin is applied to the surface of the polymeric matrix. Because these polymer systems are hydrophobic and incompatible with the hydrophilic heparin, appropriate surface modifications may be required.
- heparin to the surface of the polymeric matrix may be performed in various ways and utilizing various biocompatible materials.
- polyethylene imine may be applied on the stents, with care not to degrade the rapamycin (e.g., pH ⁇ 7, low temperature), followed by the application of sodium heparinate in aqueous or alcoholic solutions.
- covalent heparin may be linked on polyethylene imine using amide-type chemistry (using a carbondiimide activator, e.g. EDC) or reductive amination chemistry (using CBAS-heparin and sodium cyanoborohydride for coupling).
- heparin may be photolinked on the surface, if it is appropriately grafted with photo initiator moieties. Upon application of this modified heparin formulation on the covalent stent surface, light exposure causes cross-linking and immobilization of the heparin on the coating surface.
- heparin may be complexed with hydrophobic quaternary ammonium salts, rendering the molecule soluble in organic solvents (e.g. benzalkonium heparinate, troidodecylmethylammonium heparinate).
- organic solvents e.g. benzalkonium heparinate, troidodecylmethylammonium heparinate.
- Such a formulation of heparin may be compatible with the hydrophobic rapamycin coating, and may be applied directly on the coating surface, or in the rapamycin/hydrophobic polymer formulation.
- the stent may be formed from any number of materials, including various metals, polymeric materials and ceramic materials. Accordingly, various technologies may be utilized to immobilize the various drugs, agent, compound combinations thereon. Specifically, in addition to the polymeric matricies, described above, biopolymers may be utilized. Biopolymers may be generally classified as natural polymers, while the above-described polymers may be described as synthetic polymers. Exemplary biopolymers, which may be utilized include agarose, alginate, gelatin, collagen and elastin. In addition, the drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized in conjunction with other percutaneously delivered medical devices such as grafts and perfusion balloons.
- anti-inflammatories may also be utilized in combination therewith.
- an anti-inflammatory corticosteroid such as dexamethasone
- an anti-proliferative such as rapamycin, cladribine, vincristine, taxol, or a nitric oxide donor
- an anti-coagulant such as heparin.
- Such combination therapies might result in a better therapeutic effect, i.e., less proliferation as well as less inflammation, a stimulus for proliferation, than would occur with either agent alone.
- a stent comprising an anti-proliferative, anti-coagulant, and an anti-inflammatory to an injured vessel
- an anti-proliferative, anti-coagulant and an anti-inflammatory to an injured vessel
- growth factor inhibitor or cytokine signal transduction inhibitor such as the ras inhibitor, R115777 or P38 kinase inhibitor RWJ67657, or a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, such as tyrphostin
- an anti-proliferative agent such as taxol, vincristine or rapamycin so that proliferation of smooth muscle cells could be inhibited by different mechanisms.
- an anti-proliferative agent such as taxol, vincristine or rapamycin could be combined with an inhibitor of extracellular matrix synthesis such as halofuginone.
- agents acting by different mechanisms could act synergistically to reduce smooth muscle cell proliferation and vascular hyperplasia.
- This invention is also intended to cover other combinations of two or more such drug agents.
- drugs, agents or compounds could be administered systemically, delivered locally via drug delivery catheter, or formulated for delivery from the surface of a stent, or given as a combination of systemic and local therapy.
- anti-proliferatives anti-inflammatories and anti-coagulants
- other drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized in conjunction with the medical devices.
- immunosuppressants may be utilized alone or in combination with these other drugs, agents or compounds.
- gene therapy delivery mechanisms such as modified genes (nucleic acids including recombinant DNA) in viral vectors and non-viral gene vectors such as plasmids may also be introduced locally via a medical device.
- the present invention may be utilized with cell based therapy.
- chemical agents that are not ordinarily therapeutically or biologically active may also be utilized in conjunction with the present invention.
- These chemical agents commonly referred to as pro-drugs, are agents that become biologically active upon their introduction into the living organism by one or more mechanisms. These mechanisms include the addition of compounds supplied by the organism or the cleavage of compounds from the agents caused by another agent supplied by the organism.
- pro-drugs are more absorbable by the organism.
- pro-drugs may also provide some additional measure of time release.
- the coatings and drugs, agents or compounds described above may be utilized in combination with any number of medical devices, and in particular, with implantable medical devices such as stents and stent-grafts. Other devices such as vena cava filters and anastomosis devices may be used with coatings having drugs, agents or compounds therein.
- the exemplary stent illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2 is a balloon expandable stent. Balloon expandable stents may be utilized in any number of vessels or conduits, and are particularly well suited for use in coronary arteries. Self-expanding stents, on the other hand, are particularly well suited for use in vessels where crush recovery is a critical factor, for example, in the carotid artery. Accordingly, it is important to note that any of the drugs, agents or compounds, as well as the coatings described above, may be utilized in combination with self-expanding stents such as those described below.
- FIGS. 10 and 11 illustrate the exemplary stent 200 in its unexpanded or compressed state.
- the stent 200 is preferably made from a superelastic alloy such as Nitinol.
- the stent 200 is made from an alloy comprising from about fifty percent (as used herein these percentages refer to weight percentages) Ni to about sixty percent Ni, and more preferably about 55.8 percent Ni, with the remainder of the alloy being Ti.
- the stent 200 is designed such that it is superelastic at body temperature, and preferably has an Af in the range from about twenty-four degrees C to about thirty-seven degrees C.
- the superelastic design of the stent 200 makes it crush recoverable which, as discussed above, makes it useful as a stent or frame for any number of vascular devices in different applications.
- Stent 200 is a tubular member having front and back open ends 202 and 204 and a longitudinal axis 206 extending therebetween.
- the tubular member has a first smaller diameter, FIGS. 10 and 11 , for insertion into a patient and navigation through the vessels, and a second larger diameter, FIGS. 12 and 13 , for deployment into the target area of a vessel.
- the tubular member is made from a plurality of adjacent hoops 208 , FIG. 10 showing hoops 208 ( a )- 208 ( d ), extending between the front and back ends 202 and 204 .
- the hoops 208 include a plurality of longitudinal struts 210 and a plurality of loops 212 connecting adjacent struts, wherein adjacent struts are connected at opposite ends so as to form a substantially S or Z shape pattern.
- the loops 212 are curved, substantially semi-circular with symmetrical sections about their centers 214 .
- Stent 200 further includes a plurality of bridges 216 which connect adjacent hoops 208 and which can best be described in detail by referring to FIG. 14 .
- Each bridge 216 has two ends 218 and 220 .
- the bridges 216 have one end attached to one strut and/or loop, and another end attached to a strut and/or loop on an adjacent hoop.
- the bridges 216 connect adjacent struts together at bridge to loop connection points 222 and 224 .
- bridge end 218 is connected to loop 214 ( a ) at bridge to loop connection point 222
- bridge end 220 is connected to loop 214 ( b ) at bridge to loop connection point 224 .
- Each bridge to loop connection point has a center 226 .
- connection points are separated angularly with respect to the longitudinal axis. That is, the connection points are not immediately opposite each other. Essentially, one could not draw a straight line between the connection points, wherein such line would be parallel to the longitudinal axis of the stent.
- the above described geometry helps to better distribute strain throughout the stent, prevents metal to metal contact when the stent is bent, and minimizes the opening size between the struts, loops and bridges.
- the number of and nature of the design of the struts, loops and bridges are important factors when determining the working properties and fatigue life properties of the stent. It was previously thought that in order to improve the rigidity of the stent, that struts should be large, and therefore there should be fewer struts per hoop. However, it has now been discovered that stents having smaller struts and more struts per hoop actually improve the construction of the stent and provide greater rigidity.
- each hoop has between twenty-four to thirty-six or more struts. It has been determined that a stent having a ratio of number of struts per hoop to strut length L (in inches) which is greater than four hundred has increased rigidity over prior art stents, which typically have a ratio of under two hundred. The length of a strut is measured in its compressed state parallel to the longitudinal axis 206 of the stent 200 as illustrated in FIG. 10 .
- the geometry of the stent 200 changes quite significantly as the stent 200 is deployed from its un-expanded state to its expanded state.
- the strut angle and strain levels in the loops and bridges are affected.
- all of the stent features will strain in a predictable manor so that the stent is reliable and uniform in strength.
- the stent sits in the delivery system in its un-expanded state as shown in FIGS.
- Nitinol stents made from wire deploy in much the same manner, and are dependent upon the same design constraints, as laser cut stents.
- Stainless steel stents deploy similarly in terms of geometric changes as they are assisted by forces from balloons or other devices.
- the present invention utilizes structural geometries which distribute strain to areas of the stent which are less susceptible to failure than others.
- one of the most vulnerable areas of the stent is the inside radius of the connecting loops.
- the connecting loops undergo the most deformation of all the stent features.
- the inside radius of the loop would normally be the area with the highest level of strain on the stent. This area is also critical in that it is usually the smallest radius on the stent.
- Stress concentrations are generally controlled or minimized by maintaining the largest radii possible.
- One way to accomplish this is to utilize the largest possible radii while maintaining feature widths which are consistent with applied forces.
- Another consideration is to minimize the maximum open area of the stent. Efficient utilization of the original tube from which the stent is cut increases stent strength and its ability to trap embolic material.
- FIGS. 10, 11 and 14 Many of these design objectives have been accomplished by an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, illustrated in FIGS. 10, 11 and 14 .
- the most compact designs which maintain the largest radii at the loop to bridge connections are non-symmetric with respect to the centerline of the strut connecting loop. That is, loop to bridge connection point centers 226 are offset from the center 214 of the loops 212 to which they are attached.
- This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required.
- Nitinol can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy.
- This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves.
- stent 200 comprises strut connecting loops 212 having a width W 1 , as measured at the center 214 parallel to axis 206 , which are greater than the strut widths W 2 , as measured perpendicular to axis 206 itself.
- the thickness of the loops vary so that they are thickest near their centers. This increases strain deformation at the strut and reduces the maximum strain levels at the extreme radii of the loop. This reduces the risk of stent failure and allows one to maximize radial strength properties. This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required.
- Nitinol can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy. As stated above, this feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves.
- bridge geometry changes as a stent is deployed from its compressed state to its expanded state and vise-versa.
- strut angle and loop strain is affected. Since the bridges are connected to either the loops, struts or both, they are affected. Twisting of one end of the stent with respect to the other, while loaded in the stent delivery system, should be avoided. Local torque delivered to the bridge ends displaces the bridge geometry. If the bridge design is duplicated around the stent perimeter, this displacement causes rotational shifting of the two loops being connected by the bridges. If the bridge design is duplicated throughout the stent, as in the present invention, this shift will occur down the length of the stent.
- a stent delivery system such as the one described below, will deploy the distal end first, then allow the proximal end to expand. It would be undesirable to allow the distal end to anchor into the vessel wall while holding the stent fixed in rotation, then release the proximal end. This could cause the stent to twist or whip in rotation to equilibrium after it is at least partially deployed within the vessel. Such whipping action may cause damage to the vessel.
- one exemplary embodiment of the present invention reduces the chance of such events happening when deploying the stent.
- the rotational shift of the Z-sections or S-sections may be made to alternate and will minimize large rotational changes between any two points on a given stent during deployment or constraint. That is, the bridges 216 connecting loop 208 ( b ) to loop 208 ( c ) are angled upwardly from left to right, while the bridges connecting loop 208 ( c ) to loop 208 ( d ) are angled downwardly from left to right. This alternating pattern is repeated down the length of the stent 200 .
- This alternating pattern of bridge slopes improves the torsional characteristics of the stent so as to minimize any twisting or rotation of the stent with respect to any two hoops.
- This alternating bridge slope is particularly beneficial if the stent starts to twist in vivo. As the stent twists, the diameter of the stent will change. Alternating bridge slopes tend to minimize this effect. The diameter of a stent having bridges which are all sloped in the same direction will tend to grow if twisted in one direction and shrink if twisted in the other direction. With alternating bridge slopes this effect is minimized and localized.
- Nitinol as stated above, can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy.
- This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves.
- stents are laser cut from small diameter tubing.
- this manufacturing process led to designs with geometric features, such as struts, loops and bridges, having axial widths W 2 , W 1 and W 3 , respectively, which are larger than the tube wall thickness T (illustrated in FIG. 12 ).
- W 2 , W 1 and W 3 axial widths
- W 2 , W 1 and W 3 axial widths
- T tube wall thickness
- FIGS. 10-14 this problem has been solved in an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, as illustrated in FIGS. 10-14 .
- the widths of the struts, hoops and bridges are equal to or less than the wall thickness of the tube. Therefore, substantially all bending and, therefore, all strains are “out-of-plane.” This minimizes twisting of the stent which minimizes or eliminates buckling and unpredictable strain conditions.
- This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required.
- Nitinol as stated above, can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy.
- This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves.
- FIG. 15 shows stent 300 which is similar to stent 200 illustrated in FIGS. 10-14 .
- Stent 300 is made from a plurality of adjacent hoops 302 , FIG. 15 showing hoops 302 ( a )- 302 ( d ).
- the hoops 302 include a plurality of longitudinal struts 304 and a plurality of loops 306 connecting adjacent struts, wherein adjacent struts are connected at opposite ends so as to form a substantially S or Z shape pattern.
- Stent 300 further includes a plurality of bridges 308 which connect adjacent hoops 302 .
- bridges 308 are non-linear and curve between adjacent hoops. Having curved bridges allows the bridges to curve around the loops and struts so that the hoops can be placed closer together which in turn, minimizes the maximum open area of the stent and increases its radial strength as well. This can best be explained by referring to FIG. 13 .
- the above described stent geometry attempts to minimize the largest circle which could be inscribed between the bridges, loops and struts, when the stent is expanded. Minimizing the size of this theoretical circle, greatly improves the stent because it is then better suited to trap embolic material once it is inserted into the patient.
- the stent of the present invention be made from a superelastic alloy and most preferably made of an alloy material having greater than 50.5 atomic percentage Nickel and the balance Titanium. Greater than 50.5 atomic percentage Nickel allows for an alloy in which the temperature at which the martensite phase transforms completely to the austenite phase (the Af temperature) is below human body temperature, and preferably is about twenty-four degrees C to about thirty-seven degrees C, so that austenite is the only stable phase at body temperature.
- Nitinol tubing is commercially available from a number of suppliers including Nitinol Devices and Components, Fremont Calif.
- the tubular member is then loaded into a machine which will cut the predetermined pattern of the stent into the tube, as discussed above and as shown in the figures.
- Machines for cutting patterns in tubular devices to make stents or the like are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are commercially available.
- Such machines typically hold the metal tube between the open ends while a cutting laser, preferably under microprocessor control, cuts the pattern.
- the pattern dimensions and styles, laser positioning requirements, and other information are programmed into a microprocessor which controls all aspects of the process.
- the stent pattern is cut, the stent is treated and polished using any number of methods or combination of methods well known to those skilled in the art. Lastly, the stent is then cooled until it is completely martensitic, crimped down to its un-expanded diameter and then loaded into the sheath of the delivery apparatus.
- markers having a radiopacity greater than that of the superelastic alloys may be utilized to facilitate more precise placement of the stent within the vasculature.
- markers may be utilized to determine when and if a stent is fully deployed. For example, by determining the spacing between the markers, one can determine if the deployed stent has achieved its maximum diameter and adjusted accordingly utilizing a tacking process.
- FIG. 16 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the stent 200 illustrated in FIGS. 10-14 having at least one marker on each end thereof.
- a stent having thirty-six struts per hoop can accommodate six markers 800 .
- Each marker 800 comprises a marker housing 802 and a marker insert 804 .
- the marker insert 804 may be formed from any suitable biocompatible material having a high radiopacity under X-ray fluoroscopy. In other words, the marker inserts 804 should preferably have a radiopacity higher than that of the material comprising the stent 200 .
- the addition of the marker housings 802 to the stent necessitates that the lengths of the struts in the last two hoops at each end of the stent 200 be longer than the strut lengths in the body of the stent to increase the fatigue life at the stent ends.
- the marker housings 802 are preferably cut from the same tube as the stent as briefly described above. Accordingly, the housings 802 are integral to the stent 200 .
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a marker housing 802 .
- the housing 802 may be elliptical when observed from the outer surface as illustrated in FIG. 16 .
- the hole 806 in the marker housing 802 is conical in the radial direction with the outer surface 808 having a diameter larger than the diameter of the inner surface 810 , as illustrated in FIG. 17 .
- the conical tapering in the marker housing 802 is beneficial in providing an interference fit between the marker insert 804 and the marker housing 802 to prevent the marker insert 804 from being dislodged once the stent 200 is deployed. A detailed description of the process of locking the marker insert 804 into the marker housing 802 is given below.
- the marker inserts 804 may be made from any suitable material having a radiopacity higher than the superelastic material forming the stent or other medical device.
- the marker insert 804 may be formed from niobium, tungsten, gold, platinum or tantalum.
- tantalum is utilized because of its closeness to nickel-titanium in the galvanic series and thus would minimize galvanic corrosion.
- the surface area ratio of the tantalum marker inserts 804 to the nickel-titanium is optimized to provide the largest possible tantalum marker insert, easy to see, while minimizing the galvanic corrosion potential.
- marker inserts 804 having a diameter of 0.010 inches could be placed at the end of the stent 200 ; however, these marker inserts 804 would be less visible under X-ray fluoroscopy.
- three to four marker inserts 804 having a diameter of 0.025 inches could be accommodated on the stent 200 ; however, galvanic corrosion resistance would be compromised.
- six tantalum markers having a diameter of 0.020 inches are utilized on each end of the stent 200 for a total of twelve markers 800 .
- the tantalum markers 804 may be manufactured and loaded into the housing utilizing a variety of known techniques.
- the tantalum markers 804 are punched out from an annealed ribbon stock and are shaped to have the same curvature as the radius of the marker housing 802 as illustrated in FIG. 17 .
- a coining process is used to properly seat the marker insert 804 below the surface of the housing 802 .
- the coining punch is also shaped to maintain the same radius of curvature as the marker housing 802 . As illustrated in FIG. 17 , the coining process deforms the marker housing 802 material to lock in the marker insert 804 .
- the hole 806 in the marker housing 802 is conical in the radial direction with the outer surface 808 having a diameter larger than the diameter of the inner surface 810 as illustrated in FIG. 17 .
- the inside and outside diameters vary depending on the radius of the tube from which the stent is cut.
- the marker inserts 804 are formed by punching a tantalum disk from annealed ribbon stock and shaping it to have the same radius of curvature as the marker housing 802 . It is important to note that the marker inserts 804 , prior to positioning in the marker housing 804 , have straight edges. In other words, they are not angled to match the hole 806 .
- the diameter of the marker insert 804 is between the inside and outside diameter of the marker housing 802 .
- a coining process is used to properly seat the marker insert 804 below the surface of the housing 802 .
- the thickness of the marker insert 804 is less than or equal to the thickness of the tubing and thus the thickness or height of the hole 806 . Accordingly, by applying the proper pressure during the coining process and using a coining tool that is larger than the marker insert 804 , the marker insert 804 may be seated in the marker housing 802 in such a way that it is locked into position by a radially oriented protrusion 812 .
- the applied pressure, and size and shape of the housing tool forces the marker insert 804 to form the protrusion 812 in the marker housing 802 .
- the coining tool is also shaped to maintain the same radius of curvature as the marker housing. As illustrated in FIG. 17 , the protrusion 812 prevents the marker insert 804 from becoming dislodged from the marker housing.
- the marker inserts 804 are positioned in and locked into the marker housing 802 when the stent 200 is in its unexpanded state. This is due to the fact that it is desirable that the tube's natural curvature be utilized. If the stent were in its expanded state, the coining process would change the curvature due to the pressure or force exerted by the coining tool.
- the marker inserts 804 form a substantially solid line that clearly defines the ends of the stent in the stent delivery system when seen under fluoroscopic equipment.
- the markers 800 move away from each other and flower open as the stent 200 expands as illustrated in FIG. 16 .
- the change in the marker grouping provides the physician or other health care provider with the ability to determine when the stent 200 has been fully deployed from the stent delivery system.
- markers 800 may be positioned at other locations on the stent 200 .
- FIGS. 19 and 20 show a self-expanding stent delivery apparatus 10 for a stent made in accordance with the present invention.
- Apparatus 10 comprises inner and outer coaxial tubes.
- the inner tube is called the shaft 12 and the outer tube is called the sheath 14 .
- Shaft 12 has proximal and distal ends. The proximal end of the shaft 12 terminates at a luer lock hub 16 .
- shaft 12 has a proximal portion 18 which is made from a relatively stiff material such as stainless steel, Nitinol, or any other suitable material, and a distal portion 20 which may be made from a polyethylene, polyimide, Pellethane, Pebax, Vestamid, Cristamid, Grillamid or any other suitable material known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the two portions are joined together by any number of means known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the stainless steel proximal end gives the shaft the necessary rigidity or stiffness it needs to effectively push out the stent, while the polymeric distal portion provides the necessary flexibility to navigate tortuous vessels.
- the distal portion 20 of the shaft 12 has a distal tip 22 attached thereto.
- the distal tip 22 has a proximal end 24 whose diameter is substantially the same as the outer diameter of the sheath 14 .
- the distal tip 22 tapers to a smaller diameter from its proximal end to its distal end, wherein the distal end 26 of the distal tip 22 has a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the sheath 14 .
- a stop 28 which is proximal to the distal tip 22 . Stop 28 may be made from any number of materials known in the art, including stainless steel, and is even more preferably made from a highly radiopaque material such as platinum, gold or tantalum.
- stop 28 is substantially the same as the inner diameter of sheath 14 , and would actually make frictional contact with the inner surface of the sheath. Stop 28 helps to push the stent out of the sheath during deployment, and helps keep the stent from migrating proximally into the sheath 14 .
- a stent bed 30 is defined as being that portion of the shaft between the distal tip 22 and the stop 28 .
- the stent bed 30 and the stent 200 are coaxial so that the distal portion 20 of shaft 12 comprising the stent bed 30 is located within the lumen of the stent 200 .
- the stent bed 30 does not make any contact with stent 200 itself.
- shaft 12 has a guidewire lumen 32 extending along its length from its proximal end and exiting through its distal tip 22 . This allows the shaft 12 to receive a guidewire much in the same way that an ordinary balloon angioplasty catheter receives a guidewire.
- Such guidewires are well known in art and help guide catheters and other medical devices through the vasculature of the body.
- Sheath 14 is preferably a polymeric catheter and has a proximal end terminating at a sheath hub 40 . Sheath 14 also has a distal end which terminates at the proximal end 24 of distal tip 22 of the shaft 12 , when the stent is in its fully un-deployed position as shown in the figures.
- the distal end of sheath 14 includes a radiopaque marker band 34 disposed along its outer surface. As will be explained below, the stent is fully deployed from the delivery apparatus when the marker band 34 is lined up with radiopaque stop 28 , thus indicating to the physician that it is now safe to remove the apparatus 10 from the body.
- Sheath 14 preferably comprises an outer polymeric layer and an inner polymeric layer.
- Braided reinforcing layer Positioned between outer and inner layers is a braided reinforcing layer. Braided reinforcing layer is preferably made from stainless steel.
- the use of braided reinforcing layers in other types of medical devices can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 3,585,707 issued to Stevens on Jun. 22, 1971, U.S. Pat. No. 5,045,072 issued to Castillo et al. on Sep. 3, 1991, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,254,107 issued to Soltesz on Oct. 19, 1993.
- FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate the stent 200 as being in its fully un-deployed position. This is the position the stent is in when the apparatus 10 is inserted into the vasculature and its distal end is navigated to a target site.
- Stent 200 is disposed around stent bed 30 and at the distal end of sheath 14 .
- the distal tip 22 of the shaft 12 is distal to the distal end of the sheath 14
- the proximal end of the shaft 12 is proximal to the proximal end of the sheath 14 .
- the stent 200 is in a compressed state and makes frictional contact with the inner surface 36 of the sheath 14 .
- a Tuohy Borst valve 38 When being inserted into a patient, sheath 14 and shaft 12 are locked together at their proximal ends by a Tuohy Borst valve 38 . This prevents any sliding movement between the shaft and sheath which could result in a premature deployment or partial deployment of the stent 200 . When the stent 200 reaches its target site and is ready for deployment, the Tuohy Borst valve 38 is opened so that that the sheath 14 and shaft 12 are no longer locked together.
- the method under which the apparatus 10 deploys the stent 200 is readily apparent.
- the apparatus 10 is first inserted into the vessel until the radiopaque stent markers 800 (front 202 and back 204 ends, see FIG. 16 ) are proximal and distal to the target lesion. Once this has occurred the physician would open the Tuohy Borst valve 38 . The physician would then grasp hub 16 of shaft 12 so as to hold it in place. Thereafter, the physician would grasp the proximal end of the sheath 14 and slide it proximal, relative to the shaft 12 .
- Stop 28 prevents the stent 200 from sliding back with the sheath 14 , so that as the sheath 14 is moved back, the stent 200 is pushed out of the distal end of the sheath 14 .
- the radiopaque stent markers 800 move apart once they come out of the distal end of sheath 14 . Stent deployment is complete when the marker 34 on the outer sheath 14 passes the stop 28 on the inner shaft 12 .
- the apparatus 10 can now be withdrawn through the stent 200 and removed from the patient.
- FIG. 21 illustrates the stent 200 in a partially deployed state. As illustrated, as the stent 200 expands from the delivery device 10 , the markers 800 move apart from one another and expand in a flower like manner.
- any of the above-described medical devices may be coated with coatings that comprise drugs, agents or compounds or simply with coatings that contain no drugs, agents or compounds.
- the entire medical device may be coated or only a portion of the device may be coated.
- the coating may be uniform or non-uniform.
- the coating may be discontinuous.
- the markers on the stent are preferably coated in a manner so as to prevent coating buildup which may interfere with the operation of the device.
- the self-expanding stents may be coated with a rapamycin containing polymer.
- the polymeric coated stent comprises rapamycin in an amount ranging from about fifty to one-thousand micrograms per square centimeter surface area of the vessel that is spanned by the stent.
- the rapamycin is mixed with the polyvinylidenefluoride-hexafluoropropylene polymer (described above) in the ratio of drug to polymer of about thirty/seventy.
- the polymer is made by a batch process using the two monomers, vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene under high pressure by an emulsion polymerization process.
- the polymer may be made utilizing a batch dispersion process.
- the polymeric coating weight itself is in the range from about two-hundred to about one thousand seven hundred micrograms per square centimeter surface area of the vessel that is spanned by the stent.
- the coated stent comprises a base coat, commonly referred to as a primer layer.
- the primer layer typically improves the adhesion of the coating layer that comprises the rapamycin.
- the primer also facilitates uniform wetting of the surface thereby enabling the production of a uniform rapamycin containing coating.
- the primer layer may be applied using any of the above-described techniques. It is preferably applied utilizing a dip coating process.
- the primer coating is in the range from about one to about ten percent of the total weight of the coating.
- the next layer applied is the rapamycin containing layer.
- the rapamycin containing layer is applied by a spin coating process and subsequently dried in a vacuum oven for approximately sixteen hours at a temperature in the range from about fifty to sixty degrees centigrade.
- the stent After drying or curing, the stent is mounted onto a stent delivery catheter using a process similar to the uncoated stent.
- the mounted stent is then packaged and sterilized in any number of ways.
- the stent is sterilized using ethylene oxide.
- various drugs, agents or compounds may be locally delivered via medical devices.
- rapamycin and heparin may be delivered by a stent to reduce restenosis, inflammation, and coagulation.
- Various techniques for immobilizing the drugs, agents or compounds are discussed above, however, maintaining the drugs, agents or compounds on the medical devices during delivery and positioning is critical to the success of the procedure or treatment. For example, removal of the drug, agent or compound coating during delivery of the stent can potentially cause failure of the device. For a self-expanding stent, the retraction of the restraining sheath may cause the drugs, agents or compounds to rub off the stent.
- the expansion of the balloon may cause the drugs, agents or compounds to simply delaminate from the stent through contact with the balloon or via expansion. Therefore, prevention of this potential problem is important to have a successful therapeutic medical device, such as a stent.
- a lubricant or mold release agent may be utilized.
- the lubricant or mold release agent may comprise any suitable biocompatible lubricious coating.
- An exemplary lubricious coating may comprise silicone.
- a solution of the silicone base coating may be introduced onto the balloon surface, onto the polymeric matrix, and/or onto the inner surface of the sheath of a self-expanding stent delivery apparatus and allowed to air cure.
- the silicone based coating may be incorporated into the polymeric matrix.
- any number of lubricious materials may be utilized, with the basic requirements being that the material be biocompatible, that the material not interfere with the actions/effectiveness of the drugs, agents or compounds and that the material not interfere with the materials utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds on the medical device. It is also important to note that one or more, or all of the above-described approaches may be utilized in combination.
- the balloon 400 comprises a lubricious coating 402 .
- the lubricious coating 402 functions to minimize or substantially eliminate the adhesion between the balloon 400 and the coating on the medical device.
- the lubricious coating 402 would minimize or substantially eliminate the adhesion between the balloon 400 and the heparin or rapamycin coating.
- the lubricious coating 402 may be attached to and maintained on the balloon 400 in any number of ways including but not limited to dipping, spraying, brushing or spin coating of the coating material from a solution or suspension followed by curing or solvent removal step as needed.
- Materials such as synthetic waxes, e.g. diethyleneglycol monostearate, hydrogenated castor oil, oleic acid, stearic acid, zinc stearate, calcium stearate, ethylenebis (stearamide), natural products such as paraffin wax, spermaceti wax, carnuba wax, sodium alginate, ascorbic acid and flour, fluorinated compounds such as perfluoroalkanes, perfluorofatty acids and alcohol, synthetic polymers such as silicones e.g. polydimethylsiloxane, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyfluoroethers, polyalkylglycol e.g.
- synthetic waxes e.g. diethyleneglycol monostearate, hydrogenated castor oil, oleic acid, stearic acid, zinc stearate, calcium stearate, ethylenebis (stearamide), natural products such as paraffin wax, spermaceti wax, carnuba wax, sodium alginate,
- polyethylene glycol waxes and inorganic materials such as talc, kaolin, mica, and silica may be used to prepare these coatings.
- Vapor deposition polymerization e.g. parylene-C deposition, or RF-plasma polymerization of perfluoroalkenes and perfluoroalkanes can also be used to prepare these lubricious coatings.
- FIG. 23 illustrates a cross-section of a band 102 of the stent 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- the lubricious coating 500 is immobilized onto the outer surface of the polymeric coating.
- the drugs, agents or compounds may be incorporated into a polymeric matrix.
- the stent band 102 illustrated in FIG. 23 comprises a base coat 502 comprising a polymer and rapamycin and a top coat 504 or diffusion layer 504 also comprising a polymer.
- the lubricious coating 500 is affixed to the top coat 502 by any suitable means, including but not limited to spraying, brushing, dipping or spin coating of the coating material from a solution or suspension with or without the polymers used to create the top coat, followed by curing or solvent removal step as needed. Vapor deposition polymerization and RF-plasma polymerization may also be used to affix those lubricious coating materials that lend themselves to this deposition method, to the top coating. In an alternate exemplary embodiment, the lubricious coating may be directly incorporated into the polymeric matrix.
- the lubricious coating may be affixed to the inner surface of the restraining sheath.
- FIG. 24 illustrates a self-expanding stent 200 ( FIG. 10 ) within the lumen of a delivery apparatus sheath 14 .
- a lubricious coating 600 is affixed to the inner surfaces of the sheath 14 . Accordingly, upon deployment of the stent 200 , the lubricious coating 600 preferably minimizes or substantially eliminates the adhesion between the sheath 14 and the drug, agent or compound coated stent 200 .
- physical and/or chemical cross-linking methods may be applied to improve the bond strength between the polymeric coating containing the drugs, agents or compounds and the surface of the medical device or between the polymeric coating containing the drugs, agents or compounds and a primer.
- primers applied by either traditional coating methods such as dip, spray or spin coating, or by RF-plasma polymerization may also be used to improve bond strength. For example, as shown in FIG.
- the bond strength can be improved by first depositing a primer layer 700 such as vapor polymerized parylene-C on the device surface, and then placing a second layer 702 which comprises a polymer that is similar in chemical composition to the one or more of the polymers that make up the drug-containing matrix 704 , e.g., polyethylene-co-vinyl acetate or polybutyl methacrylate but has been modified to contain cross-linking moieties.
- This secondary layer 702 is then cross-linked to the primer after exposure to ultra-violet light. It should be noted that anyone familiar with the art would recognize that a similar outcome could be achieved using cross-linking agents that are activated by heat with or without the presence of an activating agent.
- the drug-containing matrix 704 is then layered onto the secondary layer 702 using a solvent that swells, in part or wholly, the secondary layer 702 . This promotes the entrainment of polymer chains from the matrix into the secondary layer 702 and conversely from the secondary layer 702 into the drug-containing matrix 704 . Upon removal of the solvent from the coated layers, an interpenetrating or interlocking network of the polymer chains is formed between the layers thereby increasing the adhesion strength between them.
- a top coat 706 is used as described above.
- a related difficultyoccurs in medical devices such as stents.
- some struts come into contact with each other and when the stent is expanded, the motion causes the polymeric coating comprising the drugs, agents or compounds to stick and stretch. This action may potentially cause the coating to separate from the stent in certain areas.
- the predominant mechanism of the coating self-adhesion is believed to be due to mechanical forces.
- the polymer comes in contact with itself, its chains can tangle causing the mechanical bond, similar to hook and loop fasteners such as Velcro®.
- Certain polymers do not bond with each other, for example, fluoropolymers. For other polymers, however, powders may be utilized.
- a powder may be applied to the one or more polymers incorporating the drugs, agents or other compounds on the surfaces of the medical device to reduce the mechanical bond.
- Any suitable biocompatible material which does not interfere with the drugs, agents, compounds or materials utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds onto the medical device may be utilized.
- a dusting with a water soluble powder may reduce the tackiness of the coatings surface and this will prevent the polymer from sticking to itself thereby reducing the potential for delamination.
- the powder should be water- soluble so that it does not present an emboli risk.
- the powder may comprise an anti-oxidant, such as vitamin C, or it may comprise an anti-coagulant, such as aspirin or heparin.
- An advantage of utilizing an anti-oxidant may be in the fact that the anti-oxidant may preserve the other drugs, agents or compounds over longer periods of time.
- crystalline polymers are generally not sticky or tacky. Accordingly, if crystalline polymers are utilized rather than amorphous polymers, then additional materials may not be necessary. It is also important to note that polymeric coatings without drugs, agents, and/or compounds may improve the operating characteristics of the medical device. For example, the mechanical properties of the medical device may be improved by a polymeric coating, with or without drugs, agents and/or compounds. A coated stent may have improved flexibility and increased durability. In addition, the polymeric coating may substantially reduce or eliminate galvanic corrosion between the different metals comprising the medical device.
- any of the above-described medical devices may be utilized for the local delivery of drugs, agents and/or compounds to other areas, not immediately around the device itself.
- the medical devices of the present invention may be utilized to deliver therapeutic agents to areas adjacent to the medical device.
- a rapamycin coated stent may deliver the rapamycin to the tissues surrounding the stent as well as areas upstream of the stent and downstream of the stent.
- the degree of tissue penetration depends on a number of factors, including the drug, agent or compound, the concentrations of the drug and the release rate of the agent.
- the drug, agent and/or compound/carrier or vehicle compositions described above may be formulated in a number of ways. For example, they may be formulated utilizing additional components or constituents, including a variety of excipient agents and/or formulary components to affect manufacturability, coating integrity, sterilizability, drug stability, and drug release rate. Within exemplary embodiments of the present invention, excipient agents and/or formulary components may be added to achieve both fast-release and sustained-release drug elution profiles.
- excipient agents may include salts and/or inorganic compounds such as acids/bases or buffer components, anti-oxidants, surfactants, polypeptides, proteins, carbohydrates including sucrose, glucose or dextrose, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione or other excipients or agents.
Abstract
Medical devices, and in particular implantable medical devices, may be coated to minimize or substantially eliminate a biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device to the organism. The medical devices may be coated with any number of biocompatible materials. Therapeutic drugs, agents or compounds may be mixed with the biocompatible materials and affixed to at least a portion of the medical device. These therapeutic drugs, agents or compounds may also further reduce a biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device to the organism. Various materials and coating methodologies may be utilized to maintain the drugs, agents or compounds on the medical device until delivered and positioned.
Description
- This application is a continuation application of copending U.S. Ser. No. 11/782,740, filed Jul. 25, 2007, which in turn is a continuation of copending U.S. Ser. No. 11/437,572, filed May 19, 2006, which in turn is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 10/636,435 filed Aug. 7, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,056,550, which is a continuation application of U.S. Ser. No. 09/962,496 filed Sep. 25, 2001, which is a continuation-in-part application of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/675,882, filed Sep. 29, 2000.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to the local administration of drug/drug combinations for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease, and more particularly to intraluminal medical devices for the local delivery of drug/drug combinations for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease caused by injury and methods for maintaining the drug/drug combinations on the intraluminal medical devices. The present invention also relates to medical devices having drugs, agents or compounds affixed thereto to minimize or substantially eliminate a biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device to the organism.
- 2. Discussion of the Related Art
- Many individuals suffer from circulatory disease caused by a progressive blockage of the blood vessels that perfuse the heart and other major organs with nutrients. More severe blockage of blood vessels in such individuals often leads to hypertension, ischemic injury, stroke, or myocardial infarction. Atherosclerotic lesions, which limit or obstruct coronary blood flow, are the major cause of ischemic heart disease. Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is a medical procedure whose purpose is to increase blood flow through an artery. Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is the predominant treatment for coronary vessel stenosis. The increasing use of this procedure is attributable to its relatively high success rate and its minimal invasiveness compared with coronary bypass surgery. A limitation associated with percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is the abrupt closure of the vessel which may occur immediately after the procedure and restenosis which occurs gradually following the procedure. Additionally, restenosis is a chronic problem in patients who have undergone saphenous vein bypass grafting. The mechanism of acute occlusion appears to involve several factors and may result from vascular recoil with resultant closure of the artery and/or deposition of blood platelets and fibrin along the damaged length of the newly opened blood vessel.
- Restenosis after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty is a more gradual process initiated by vascular injury. Multiple processes, including thrombosis, inflammation, growth factor and cytokine release, cell proliferation, cell migration and extracellular matrix synthesis each contribute to the restenotic process.
- While the exact mechanism of restenosis is not completely understood, the general aspects of the restenosis process have been identified. In the normal arterial wall, smooth muscle cells proliferate at a low rate, approximately less than 0.1 percent per day. Smooth muscle cells in the vessel walls exist in a contractile phenotype characterized by eighty to ninety percent of the cell cytoplasmic volume occupied with the contractile apparatus. Endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi, and free ribosomes are few and are located in the perinuclear region. Extracellular matrix surrounds the smooth muscle cells and is rich in heparin-like glycosylaminoglycans which are believed to be responsible for maintaining smooth muscle cells in the contractile phenotypic state (Campbell and Campbell, 1985).
- Upon pressure expansion of an intracoronary balloon catheter during angioplasty, smooth muscle cells within the vessel wall become injured, initiating a thrombotic and inflammatory response. Cell derived growth factors such as platelet derived growth factor, basic fibroblast growth factor, epidermal growth factor, thrombin, etc., released from platelets, invading macrophages and/or leukocytes, or directly from the smooth muscle cells provoke a proliferative and migratory response in medial smooth muscle cells. These cells undergo a change from the contractile phenotype to a synthetic phenotype characterized by only a few contractile filament bundles, extensive rough endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi and free ribosomes. Proliferation/migration usually begins within one to two days post-injury and peaks several days thereafter (Campbell and Campbell, 1987; Clowes and Schwartz, 1985).
- Daughter cells migrate to the intimal layer of arterial smooth muscle and continue to proliferate and secrete significant amounts of extracellular matrix proteins. Proliferation, migration and extracellular matrix synthesis continue until the damaged endothelial layer is repaired at which time proliferation slows within the intima, usually within seven to fourteen days post-injury. The newly formed tissue is called neointima. The further vascular narrowing that occurs over the next three to six months is due primarily to negative or constrictive remodeling.
- Simultaneous with local proliferation and migration, inflammatory cells adhere to the site of vascular injury. Within three to seven days post-injury, inflammatory cells have migrated to the deeper layers of the vessel wall. In animal models employing either balloon injury or stent implantation, inflammatory cells may persist at the site of vascular injury for at least thirty days (Tanaka et al., 1993; Edelman et al., 1998). Inflammatory cells therefore are present and may contribute to both the acute and chronic phases of restenosis.
- Numerous agents have been examined for presumed anti-proliferative actions in restenosis and have shown some activity in experimental animal models. Some of the agents which have been shown to successfully reduce the extent of intimal hyperplasia in animal models include: heparin and heparin fragments (Clowes, A. W. and Karnovsky M., Nature 265: 25-26, 1977; Guyton, J. R. et al., Circ. Res., 46: 625-634, 1980; Clowes, A. W. and Clowes, M. M., Lab. Invest. 52: 611-616, 1985; Clowes, A. W. and Clowes, M. M., Circ. Res. 58: 839-845, 1986; Majesky et al., Circ. Res. 61: 296-300, 1987; Snow et al., Am. J. Pathol. 137: 313-330, 1990; Okada, T. et al., Neurosurgery 25: 92-98, 1989), colchicine (Currier, J. W. et al., Circ. 80: 11-66, 1989), taxol (Sollot, S. J. et al., J. Clin. Invest. 95: 1869-1876, 1995), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (Powell, J. S. et al., Science, 245: 186-188, 1989), angiopeptin (Lundergan, C. F. et al. Am. J. Cardiol. 17(Suppl. B):132B-136B, 1991), cyclosporin A (Jonasson, L. et al., Proc. Natl., Acad. Sci., 85: 2303, 1988), goat-anti-rabbit PDGF antibody (Ferns, G. A. A., et al., Science 253: 1129-1132, 1991), terbinafine (Nemecek, G. M. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Thera. 248: 1167-1174, 1989), trapidil (Liu, M. W. et al., Circ. 81: 1089-1093, 1990), tranilast (Fukuyama, J. et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 318: 327-332, 1996), interferon-gamma (Hansson, G. K. and Holm, J., Circ. 84: 1266-1272, 1991), rapamycin (Marx, S. O. et al., Circ. Res. 76: 412-417, 1995), steroids (Colburn, M. D. et al., J. Vasc. Surg. 15: 510-518, 1992), see also Berk, B. C. et al., J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 17: 111B-117B, 1991), ionizing radiation (Weinberger, J. et al., Int. J. Rad. Onc. Biol. Phys. 36: 767-775, 1996), fusion toxins (Farb, A. et al., Circ. Res. 80: 542-550, 1997) antisense oligionucleotides (Simons, M. et al., Nature 359: 67-70, 1992) and gene vectors (Chang, M. W. et al., J. Clin. Invest. 96: 2260-2268, 1995). Anti-proliferative action on smooth muscle cells in vitro has been demonstrated for many of these agents, including heparin and heparin conjugates, taxol, tranilast, colchicine, ACE inhibitors, fusion toxins, antisense oligionucleotides, rapamycin and ionizing radiation. Thus, agents with diverse mechanisms of smooth muscle cell inhibition may have therapeutic utility in reducing intimal hyperplasia.
- However, in contrast to animal models, attempts in human angioplasty patients to prevent restenosis by systemic pharmacologic means have thus far been unsuccessful. Neither aspirin-dipyridamole, ticlopidine, anti-coagulant therapy (acute heparin, chronic warfarin, hirudin or hirulog), thromboxane receptor antagonism nor steroids have been effective in preventing restenosis, although platelet inhibitors have been effective in preventing acute reocclusion after angioplasty (Mak and Topol, 1997; Lang et al., 1991; Popma et al., 1991). The platelet GP IIb/IIIa receptor, antagonist, Reopro® is still under study but Reopro® has not shown definitive results for the reduction in restenosis following angioplasty and stenting. Other agents, which have also been unsuccessful in the prevention of restenosis, include the calcium channel antagonists, prostacyclin mimetics, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, serotonin receptor antagonists, and anti-proliferative agents. These agents must be given systemically, however, and attainment of a therapeutically effective dose may not be possible; anti-proliferative (or anti-restenosis) concentrations may exceed the known toxic concentrations of these agents so that levels sufficient to produce smooth muscle inhibition may not be reached (Mak and Topol, 1997; Lang et al., 1991; Popma et al., 1991).
- Additional clinical trials in which the effectiveness for preventing restenosis utilizing dietary fish oil supplements or cholesterol lowering agents has been examined showing either conflicting or negative results so that no pharmacological agents are as yet clinically available to prevent post-angioplasty restenosis (Mak and Topol, 1997; Franklin and Faxon, 1993: Serruys, P. W. et al., 1993). Recent observations suggest that the antilipid/antioxident agent, probucol, may be useful in preventing restenosis but this work requires confirmation (Tardif et al., 1997; Yokoi, et al., 1997). Probucol is presently not approved for use in the United States and a thirty-day pretreatment period would preclude its use in emergency angioplasty. Additionally, the application of ionizing radiation has shown significant promise in reducing or preventing restenosis after angioplasty in patients with stents (Teirstein et al., 1997). Currently, however, the most effective treatments for restenosis are repeat angioplasty, atherectomy or coronary artery bypass grafting, because no therapeutic agents currently have Food and Drug Administration approval for use for the prevention of post-angioplasty restenosis.
- Unlike systemic pharmacologic therapy, stents have proven useful in significantly reducing restenosis. Typically, stents are balloon-expandable slotted metal tubes (usually, but not limited to, stainless steel), which, when expanded within the lumen of an angioplastied coronary artery, provide structural support through rigid scaffolding to the arterial wall. This support is helpful in maintaining vessel lumen patency. In two randomized clinical trials, stents increased angiographic success after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, by increasing minimal lumen diameter and reducing, but not eliminating, the incidence of restenosis at six months (Serruys et al., 1994; Fischman et al., 1994).
- Additionally, the heparin coating of stents appears to have the added benefit of producing a reduction in sub-acute thrombosis after stent implantation (Serruys et al., 1996). Thus, sustained mechanical expansion of a stenosed coronary artery with a stent has been shown to provide some measure of restenosis prevention, and the coating of stents with heparin has demonstrated both the feasibility and the clinical usefulness of delivering drugs locally, at the site of injured tissue.
- As stated above, the use of heparin coated stents demonstrates the feasibility and clinical usefulness of local drug delivery; however, the manner in which the particular drug or drug combination is affixed to the local delivery device will play a role in the efficacy of this type of treatment. For example, the processes and materials utilized to affix the drug/drug combinations to the local delivery device should not interfere with the operations of the drug/drug combinations. In addition, the processes and materials utilized should be biocompatible and maintain the drug/drug combinations on the local device through delivery and over a given period of time. For example, removal of the drug/drug combination during delivery of the local delivery device may potentially cause failure of the device.
- Accordingly, there exists a need for drug/drug combinations and associated local delivery devices for the prevention and treatment of vascular injury causing intimal thickening which is either biologically induced, for example atherosclerosis, or mechanically induced, for example, through percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty. In addition, there exists a need for maintaining the drug/drug combinations on the local delivery device through delivery and positioning as well as ensuring that the drug/drug combination is released in therapeutic dosages over a given period of time.
- A variety of stent coatings and compositions have been proposed for the prevention and treatment of injury causing intimal thickening. The coatings may be capable themselves of reducing the stimulus the stent provides to the injured lumen wall, thus reducing the tendency towards thrombosis or restenosis. Alternately, the coating may deliver a pharmaceutical/therapeutic agent or drug to the lumen that reduces smooth muscle tissue proliferation or restenosis. The mechanism for delivery of the agent is through diffusion of the agent through either a bulk polymer or through pores that are created in the polymer structure, or by erosion of a biodegradable coating.
- Both bioabsorbable and biostable compositions have been reported as coatings for stents. They generally have been polymeric coatings that either encapsulate a pharmaceutical/therapeutic agent or drug, e.g. rapamycin, taxol etc., or bind such an agent to the surface, e.g. heparin-coated stents. These coatings are applied to the stent in a number of ways, including, though not limited to, dip, spray, or spin coating processes.
- One class of biostable materials that has been reported as coatings for stents is polyfluoro homopolymers. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) homopolymers have been used as implants for many years. These homopolymers are not soluble in any solvent at reasonable temperatures and therefore are difficult to coat onto small medical devices while maintaining important features of the devices (e.g. slots in stents).
- Stents with coatings made from polyvinylidenefluoride homopolymers and containing pharmaceutical/therapeutic agents or drugs for release have been suggested. However, like most crystalline polyfluoro homopolymers, they are difficult to apply as high quality films onto surfaces without subjecting them to relatively high temperatures, that correspond to the melting temperature of the polymer.
- It would be advantageous to develop coatings for implantable medical devices that will reduce thrombosis, restenosis, or other adverse reactions, that may include, but do not require, the use of pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents or drugs to achieve such affects, and that possess physical and mechanical properties effective for use in such devices even when such coated devices are subjected to relatively low maximum temperatures.
- The drug/drug combination therapies, drug/drug combination carriers and associated local delivery devices of the present invention provide a means for overcoming the difficulties associated with the methods and devices currently in use, as briefly described above. In addition, the methods for maintaining the drug/drug combinations and drug/drug combination carriers on the local delivery device ensure that the drug/drug combination therapies reach the target site.
- In accordance with one aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, and at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof, and a material for preventing the at least one agent from separating from the medical device prior to and during implantation of the medical device at the treatment site, the material being affixed to at least one of the medical devices or a delivery system for the medical device.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The device comprises a stent, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The device comprises a stent having a substantially tubular member having open ends, and a first diameter for insertion into a lumen of a vessel and a second diameter for anchoring in the lumen of the vessel, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof, and a material for preventing the at least one agent from separating from the medical device prior to and during implantation of the medical device at the treatment site, the material being affixed to at least one of the medical devices or a delivery system for the medical device.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a local drug delivery device. The device comprises a stent having a substantially tubular member having open ends, and a first diameter for insertion into a lumen of a vessel and a second diameter for anchoring in the lumen of a vessel, a biocompatible polymeric vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and rapamycin, in therapeutic dosages, incorporated into the biocompatible polymeric vehicle.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method of coating a medical device with a therapeutic agent. The method comprises the steps of creating a polymer utilizing vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene in a batch emulsion polymerization process, priming the medical device with the polymer utilizing a dip coating process, creating a polymer and therapeutic agent mixture, applying the polymer and therapeutic agent mixture on the primer layer utilizing a spin coating process, and drying the medical device in a vacuum oven for approximately sixteen hours at a temperature in the range of fifty to sixty degrees centigrade.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, and at least one agent incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle. The at least one agent being designed to react with one or more chemicals produced by the living organism to treat reactions by the living organism caused by the medical device or the implantation thereof.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into the vasculature of a living organism. The medical device comprises a self-expanding stent, a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the stent, and rapamycin, in therapeutic dosages, incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the prevention of restenosis.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method of coating a medical device with a therapeutic agent. The method comprises the steps of creating a polymer utilizing vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene, adding one or more therapeutic agents to the polymer to create a polymer and therapeutic agent mixture, and applying the polymer and therapeutic agent mixture to the medical device.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of disease proximate the implantation site.
- In accordance with another aspect, the present invention is directed to a medical device for implantation into a treatment site of a living organism. The medical device comprises a biocompatible vehicle affixed to at least a portion of the medical device, at least one agent in therapeutic dosages incorporated into the biocompatible vehicle for the treatment of disease remote from the implantation site.
- The medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings or vehicles thereon of the present invention utilizes a combination of materials to treat disease, and reactions by living organisms due to the implantation of medical devices for the treatment of disease or other conditions. The local delivery of drugs, agents or compounds generally substantially reduces the potential toxicity of the drugs, agents or compounds when compared to systemic delivery while increasing their efficacy.
- Drugs, agents or compounds may be affixed to any number of medical devices to treat various diseases. The drugs, agents or compounds may also be affixed to minimize or substantially eliminate the biological organism's reaction to the introduction of the medical device utilized to treat a separate condition. For example, stents may be introduced to open coronary arteries or other body lumens such as biliary ducts. The introduction of these stents cause a smooth muscle cell proliferation effect as well as inflammation. Accordingly, the stents may be coated with drugs, agents or compounds to combat these reactions.
- The drugs, agents or compounds will vary depending upon the type of medical device, the reaction to the introduction of the medical device and/or the disease sought to be treated. The type of coating or vehicle utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds to the medical device may also vary depending on a number of factors, including the type of medical device, the type of drug, agent or compound and the rate of release thereof.
- In order to be effective, the drugs, agents or compounds should preferably remain on the medical devices during delivery and implantation. Accordingly, various coating techniques for creating strong bonds between the drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized. In addition, various materials may be utilized as surface modifications to prevent the drugs, agents or compounds from coming off prematurely.
- The foregoing and other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following, more particular description of preferred embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying drawings.
-
FIG. 1 is a view along the length of a stent (ends not shown) prior to expansion showing the exterior surface of the stent and the characteristic banding pattern. -
FIG. 2 is a view along the length of the stent ofFIG. 1 having reservoirs in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 3 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention over which no topcoat has been disposed. -
FIG. 4 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention including a topcoat disposed thereon. -
FIG. 5 indicates the fraction of drug released as a function of time from coatings of the present invention over which no topcoat has been disposed. -
FIG. 6 indicates in vivo stent release kinetics of rapamycin from poly(VDF/HFP). -
FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent ofFIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a first exemplary embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent ofFIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a second exemplary embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent ofFIG. 1 having drug coatings thereon in accordance with a third exemplary embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an exemplary stent in its compressed state which may be utilized in conjunction with the present invention. -
FIG. 11 is a sectional, flat view of the stent shown inFIG. 10 . -
FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the stent shown inFIG. 10 but showing it in its expanded state. -
FIG. 13 is an enlarged sectional view of the stent shown inFIG. 12 . -
FIG. 14 is an enlarged view of section of the stent shown inFIG. 11 . -
FIG. 15 is a view similar to that ofFIG. 11 but showing an alternate embodiment of the stent. -
FIG. 16 is a perspective view of the stent ofFIG. 10 having a plurality of markers attached to the ends thereof in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a marker in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 18 is an enlarged perspective view of an end of the stent with the markers forming a substantially straight line in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 19 is a simplified partial cross-sectional view of a stent delivery apparatus having a stent loaded therein, which can be used with a stent made in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 20 is a view similar to that ofFIG. 19 but showing an enlarged view of the distal end of the apparatus. -
FIG. 21 is a perspective view of an end of the stent with the markers in a partially expanded form as it emerges from the delivery apparatus in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a balloon having a lubricious coating affixed thereto in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent inFIG. 1 having a lubricious coating affixed thereto in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a self-expanding stent in a delivery device having a lubricious coating in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a band of the stent inFIG. 1 having a modified polymer coating in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 26 illustrates an exemplary balloon-expandable stent having an alternative arrangement of “N” and “J” links between sets of strut members, represented on a flat, two-dimensional plan view in accordance with the present invention. - The drug/drug combinations and delivery devices of the present invention may be utilized to effectively prevent and treat vascular disease, and in particular, vascular disease caused by injury. Various medical treatment devices utilized in the treatment of vascular disease may ultimately induce further complications. For example, balloon angioplasty is a procedure utilized to increase blood flow through an artery and is the predominant treatment for coronary vessel stenosis. However, as stated above, the procedure typically causes a certain degree of damage to the vessel wall, thereby potentially exacerbating the problem at a point later in time. Although other procedures and diseases may cause similar injury, exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described with respect to the treatment of restenosis and related complications following percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty and other similar arterial/venous procedures.
- While exemplary embodiments of the invention will be described with respect to the treatment of restenosis and related complications following percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, it is important to note that the local delivery of drug/drug combinations may be utilized to treat a wide variety of conditions utilizing any number of medical devices, or to enhance the function and/or life of the device. For example, intraocular lenses, placed to restore vision after cataract surgery is often compromised by the formation of a secondary cataract. The latter is often a result of cellular overgrowth on the lens surface and can be potentially minimized by combining a drug or drugs with the device. Other medical devices which often fail due to tissue in-growth or accumulation of proteinaceous material in, on and around the device, such as shunts for hydrocephalus, dialysis grafts, colostomy bag attachment devices, ear drainage tubes, leads for pace makers and implantable defibrillators can also benefit from the device-drug combination approach.
- Devices which serve to improve the structure and function of tissue or organ may also show benefits when combined with the appropriate agent or agents. For example, improved osteointegration of orthopedic devices to enhance stabilization of the implanted device could potentially be achieved by combining it with agents such as bone-morphogenic protein. Similarly other surgical devices, sutures, staples, anastomosis devices, vertebral disks, bone pins, suture anchors, hemostatic barriers, clamps, screws, plates, clips, vascular implants, tissue adhesives and sealants, tissue scaffolds, various types of dressings, bone substitutes, intraluminal devices, and vascular supports could also provide enhanced patient benefit using this drug-device combination approach. Essentially, any type of medical device may be coated in some fashion with a drug or drug combination which enhances treatment over use of the singular use of the device or pharmaceutical agent.
- In addition to various medical devices, the coatings on these devices may be used to deliver therapeutic and pharmaceutic agents including: antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (i.e. vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), paclitaxel, epidipodophyllotoxins (i.e. etoposide, teniposide), antibiotics (dactinomycin (actinomycin D) daunorubicin, doxorubicin and idarubicin), anthracyclines, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin, enzymes (L-asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine); antiplatelet agents such as G(GP)IIbIIIa inhibitors and vitronectin receptor antagonists; antiproliferative/antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelamines (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, nirtosoureas (carmustine (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes—dacarbazinine (DTIC); antiproliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as folic acid analogs (methotrexate), pyrimidine analogs (fluorouracil, floxuridine, and cytarabine), purine analogs and related inhibitors (mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine {cladribine}); platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, carboplatin), procarbazine, hydroxyurea, mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones (i.e. estrogen); anticoagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin); fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab; antimigratory; antisecretory (breveldin); antiinflammatory: such as adrenocortical steroids (cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, 6α-methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone, and dexamethasone), non-steroidal agents (salicylic acid derivatives i.e. aspirin; para-aminophenol derivatives i.e. acetominophen; indole and indene acetic acids (indomethacin, sulindac, and etodalac), heteroaryl acetic acids (tolmetin, diclofenac, and ketorolac), arylpropionic acids (ibuprofen and derivatives), anthranilic acids (mefenamic acid, and meclofenamic acid), enolic acids (piroxicam, tenoxicam, phenylbutazone, and oxyphenthatrazone), nabumetone, gold compounds (auranofin, aurothioglucose, gold sodium thiomalate); immunosuppressives: (cyclosporine, tacrolimus (FK-506), sirolimus (rapamycin), azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil); angiogenic agents: vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF); angiotensin receptor blocker; nitric oxide donors; anti-sense oligionucleotides and combinations thereof; cell cycle inhibitors, mTOR inhibitors, and growth factor signal transduction kinase inhibitors.
- As stated previously, the implantation of a coronary stent in conjunction with balloon angioplasty is highly effective in treating acute vessel closure and may reduce the risk of restenosis. Intravascular ultrasound studies (Mintz et al., 1996) suggest that coronary stenting effectively prevents vessel constriction and that most of the late luminal loss after stent implantation is due to plaque growth, probably related to neointimal hyperplasia. The late luminal loss after coronary stenting is almost two times higher than that observed after conventional balloon angioplasty. Thus, inasmuch as stents prevent at least a portion of the restenosis process, a combination of drugs, agents or compounds which prevents smooth muscle cell proliferation, reduces inflammation and reduces coagulation or prevents smooth muscle cell proliferation by multiple mechanisms, reduces inflammation and reduces coagulation combined with a stent may provide the most efficacious treatment for post-angioplasty restenosis. The systemic use of drugs, agents or compounds in combination with the local delivery of the same or different drug/drug combinations may also provide a beneficial treatment option.
- The local delivery of drug/drug combinations from a stent has the following advantages; namely, the prevention of vessel recoil and remodeling through the scaffolding action of the stent and the prevention of multiple components of neointimal hyperplasia or restenosis as well as a reduction in inflammation and thrombosis. This local administration of drugs, agents or compounds to stented coronary arteries may also have additional therapeutic benefit. For example, higher tissue concentrations of the drugs, agents or compounds may be achieved utilizing local delivery, rather than systemic administration. In addition, reduced systemic toxicity may be achieved utilizing local delivery rather than systemic administration while maintaining higher tissue concentrations. Also in utilizing local delivery from a stent rather than systemic administration, a single procedure may suffice with better patient compliance. An additional benefit of combination drug, agent, and/or compound therapy may be to reduce the dose of each of the therapeutic drugs, agents or compounds, thereby limiting their toxicity, while still achieving a reduction in restenosis, inflammation and thrombosis. Local stent-based therapy is therefore a means of improving the therapeutic ratio (efficacy/toxicity) of anti-restenosis, anti-inflammatory, anti-thrombotic drugs, agents or compounds.
- There are a multiplicity of different stents that may be utilized following percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty. Although any number of stents may be utilized in accordance with the present invention, for simplicity, a limited number of stents will be described in exemplary embodiments of the present invention. The skilled artisan will recognize that any number of stents may be utilized in connection with the present invention. In addition, as stated above, other medical devices may be utilized.
- A stent is commonly used as a tubular structure left inside the lumen of a duct to relieve an obstruction. Commonly, stents are inserted into the lumen in a non-expanded form and are then expanded autonomously, or with the aid of a second device in situ. A typical method of expansion occurs through the use of a catheter-mounted angioplasty balloon which is inflated within the stenosed vessel or body passageway in order to shear and disrupt the obstructions associated with the wall components of the vessel and to obtain an enlarged lumen.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates anexemplary stent 100 which may be utilized in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. The expandablecylindrical stent 100 comprises a fenestrated structure for placement in a blood vessel, duct or lumen to hold the vessel, duct or lumen open, more particularly for protecting a segment of artery from restenosis after angioplasty. Thestent 100 may be expanded circumferentially and maintained in an expanded configuration, that is circumferentially or radially rigid. Thestent 100 is axially flexible and when flexed at a band, thestent 100 avoids any externally-protruding component parts. - The
stent 100 generally comprises first and second ends with an intermediate section therebetween. Thestent 100 has a longitudinal axis and comprises a plurality of longitudinally disposedbands 102, wherein eachband 102 defines a generally continuous wave along a line segment parallel to the longitudinal axis. A plurality of circumferentially arrangedlinks 104 maintain thebands 102 in a substantially tubular structure. Essentially, each longitudinally disposedband 102 is connected at a plurality of periodic locations, by a short circumferentially arrangedlink 104 to anadjacent band 102. The wave associated with each of thebands 102 has approximately the same fundamental spatial frequency in the intermediate section, and thebands 102 are so disposed that the wave associated with them are generally aligned so as to be generally in phase with one another. As illustrated in the figure, each longitudinally arrangedband 102 undulates through approximately two cycles before there is a link to anadjacent band 102. - The
stent 100 may be fabricated utilizing any number of methods. For example, thestent 100 may be fabricated from a hollow or formed stainless steel tube that may be machined using lasers, electric discharge milling, chemical etching or other means. Thestent 100 is inserted into the body and placed at the desired site in an unexpanded form. In one exemplary embodiment, expansion may be effected in a blood vessel by a balloon catheter, where the final diameter of thestent 100 is a function of the diameter of the balloon catheter used. - It should be appreciated that a
stent 100 in accordance with the present invention may be embodied in a shape-memory material, including, for example, an appropriate alloy of nickel and titanium or stainless steel. Structures formed from stainless steel may be made self-expanding by configuring the stainless steel in a predetermined manner, for example, by twisting it into a braided configuration. In this embodiment after thestent 100 has been formed it may be compressed so as to occupy a space sufficiently small as to permit its insertion in a blood vessel or other tissue by insertion means, wherein the insertion means include a suitable catheter, or flexible rod. On emerging from the catheter, thestent 100 may be configured to expand into the desired configuration where the expansion is automatic or triggered by a change in pressure, temperature or electrical stimulation. -
FIG. 2 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the present invention utilizing thestent 100 illustrated inFIG. 1 . As illustrated, thestent 100 may be modified to comprise one ormore reservoirs 106. Each of thereservoirs 106 may be opened or closed as desired. Thesereservoirs 106 may be specifically designed to hold the drug/drug combinations to be delivered. Regardless of the design of thestent 100, it is preferable to have the drug/drug combination dosage applied with enough specificity and a sufficient concentration to provide an effective dosage in the lesion area. In this regard, the reservoir size in thebands 102 is preferably sized to adequately apply the drug/drug combination dosage at the desired location and in the desired amount. - In an alternate exemplary embodiment, the entire inner and outer surface of the
stent 100 may be coated with drug/drug combinations in therapeutic dosage amounts. A detailed description of a drug for treating restenosis, as well as exemplary coating techniques, is described below. It is, however, important to note that the coating techniques may vary depending on the drug/drug combinations. Also, the coating techniques may vary depending on the material comprising the stent or other intraluminal medical device. -
FIG. 26 illustrates another exemplary embodiment of a balloon-expandable stent.FIG. 26 illustrates thestent 900 in its crimped, pre-deployed state as it would appear if it were cut longitudinally and then laid out into a flat, two-dimensional configuration. Thestent 900 has curved end struts 902 anddiagonal struts 904 with each set ofstrut members 906 connected by sets offlexible links strut members 906 at the ends of thestent 900. A set of inverted “J” links 918 comprising six circumferentially spaced inverted “J” links 908 are used to connect the adjacent sets ofstrut members 906 in the center of thestent 900. The shape of the “N” links 914 and inverted “N” links 916 facilitate the links' ability to lengthen and shorten as the stent bends around a curve during delivery into the human body. This ability to lengthen and shorten helps to prevent the sets of strut members from being pushed or pulled off the balloon during delivery into the body and is particularly applicable to short stents which tend to have relatively poor stent retention onto an inflatable balloon. Thestent 900 with its greater strength at its central region would advantageously be used for comparatively short stenoses that have a tough, calcified central section. It should also be understood that a regular “J” link could be used for thestent 900 in place of the inverted “J”link 908. Other exemplary embodiments of balloon expandable stents may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,403 B1 issued on Feb. 20, 2001 and which is incorporated by reference herein. - Rapamycin is a macrocyclic triene antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,929,992. It has been found that rapamycin among other things inhibits the proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells in vivo. Accordingly, rapamycin may be utilized in treating intimal smooth muscle cell hyperplasia, restenosis, and vascular occlusion in a mammal, particularly following either biologically or mechanically mediated vascular injury, or under conditions that would predispose a mammal to suffering such a vascular injury. Rapamycin functions to inhibit smooth muscle cell proliferation and does not interfere with the re-endothelialization of the vessel walls.
- Rapamycin reduces vascular hyperplasia by antagonizing smooth muscle proliferation in response to mitogenic signals that are released during an angioplasty induced injury. Inhibition of growth factor and cytokine mediated smooth muscle proliferation at the late G1 phase of the cell cycle is believed to be the dominant mechanism of action of rapamycin. However, rapamycin is also known to prevent T-cell proliferation and differentiation when administered systemically. This is the basis for its immunosuppresive activity and its ability to prevent graft rejection.
- As used herein, rapamycin includes rapamycin and all analogs, derivatives and congeners that find FKBP12, and other immunophilins, and possesses the same pharmacologic properties as rapamycin.
- Although the anti-proliferative effects of rapamycin may be achieved through systemic use, superior results may be achieved through the local delivery of the compound. Essentially, rapamycin works in the tissues, which are in proximity to the compound, and has diminished effect as the distance from the delivery device increases. In order to take advantage of this effect, one would want the rapamycin in direct contact with the lumen walls. Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment, the rapamycin is incorporated onto the surface of the stent or portions thereof. Essentially, the rapamycin is preferably incorporated into the
stent 100, illustrated inFIG. 1 , where thestent 100 makes contact with the lumen wall. - Rapamycin may be incorporated onto or affixed to the stent in a number of ways. In the exemplary embodiment, the rapamycin is directly incorporated into a polymeric matrix and sprayed onto the outer surface of the stent. The rapamycin elutes from the polymeric matrix over time and enters the surrounding tissue. The rapamycin preferably remains on the stent for at least three days up to approximately six months, and more preferably between seven and thirty days.
- Any number of non-erodible polymers may be utilized in conjunction with the rapamycin. In one exemplary embodiment, the polymeric matrix comprises two layers. The base layer comprises a solution of poly(ethylene-co-vinylacetate) and polybutylmethacrylate. The rapamycin is incorporated into this base layer. The outer layer comprises only polybutylmethacrylate and acts as a diffusion barrier to prevent the rapamycin from eluting too quickly. The thickness of the outer layer or top coat determines the rate at which the rapamycin elutes from the matrix. Essentially, the rapamycin elutes from the matrix by diffusion through the polymer matrix. Polymers are permeable, thereby allowing solids, liquids and gases to escape therefrom. The total thickness of the polymeric matrix is in the range from about one micron to about twenty microns or greater. It is important to note that primer layers and metal surface treatments may be utilized before the polymeric matrix is affixed to the medical device. For example, acid cleaning, alkaline (base) cleaning, salinization and parylene deposition may be used as part of the overall process described below.
- The poly(ethylene-co-vinylacetate), polybutylmethacrylate and rapamycin solution may be incorporated into or onto the stent in a number of ways. For example, the solution may be sprayed onto the stent or the stent may be dipped into the solution. Other methods include spin coating and RF-plasma polymerization. In one exemplary embodiment, the solution is sprayed onto the stent and then allowed to dry. In another exemplary embodiment, the solution may be electrically charged to one polarity and the stent electrically changed to the opposite polarity. In this manner, the solution and stent will be attracted to one another. In using this type of spraying process, waste may be reduced and more precise control over the thickness of the coat may be achieved.
- In another exemplary embodiment, the rapamycin or other therapeutic agent may be incorporated into a film-forming polyfluoro copolymer comprising an amount of a first moiety selected from the group consisting of polymerized vinylidenefluoride and polymerized tetrafluoroethylene, and an amount of a second moiety other than the first moiety and which is copolymerized with the first moiety, thereby producing the polyfluoro copolymer, the second moiety being capable of providing toughness or elastomeric properties to the polyfluoro copolymer, wherein the relative amounts of the first moiety and the second moiety are effective to provide the coating and film produced therefrom with properties effective for use in treating implantable medical devices.
- The present invention provides polymeric coatings comprising a polyfluoro copolymer and implantable medical devices, for example, stents coated with a film of the polymeric coating in amounts effective to reduce thrombosis and/or restenosis when such stents are used in, for example, angioplasty procedures. As used herein, polyfluoro copolymers means those copolymers comprising an amount of a first moiety selected from the group consisting of polymerized vinylidenefluoride and polymerized tetrafluoroethylene, and an amount of a second moiety other than the first moiety and which is copolymerized with the first moiety to produce the polyfluoro copolymer, the second moiety being capable of providing toughness or elastomeric properties to the polyfluoro copolymer, wherein the relative amounts of the first moiety and the second moiety are effective to provide coatings and film made from such polyfluoro copolymers with properties effective for use in coating implantable medical devices.
- The coatings may comprise pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents for reducing restenosis, inflammation and/or thrombosis, and stents coated with such coatings may provide sustained release of the agents. Films prepared from certain polyfluoro copolymer coatings of the present invention provide the physical and mechanical properties required of conventional coated medical devices, even where maximum temperature, to which the device coatings and films are exposed, are limited to relatively low temperatures. This is particularly important when using the coating/film to deliver pharmaceutical/therapeutic agents or drugs that are heat sensitive, or when applying the coating onto temperature-sensitive devices such as catheters. When maximum exposure temperature is not an issue, for example, where heat-stable agents such as itraconazole are incorporated into the coatings, higher melting thermoplastic polyfluoro copolymers may be used and, if very high elongation and adhesion is required, elastomers may be used. If desired or required, the polyfluoro elastomers may be crosslinked by standard methods described in, e.g., Modern Fluoropolymers, (J. Shires ed.) John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1997, pp. 77-87.
- The present invention comprises polyfluoro copolymers that provide improved biocompatible coatings or vehicles for medical devices. These coatings provide inert biocompatible surfaces to be in contact with body tissue of a mammal, for example, a human, sufficient to reduce restenosis, or thrombosis, or other undesirable reactions. While many reported coatings made from polyfluoro homopolymers are insoluble and/or require high heat, for example, greater than about one hundred twenty-five degrees centigrade, to obtain films with adequate physical and mechanical properties for use on implantable devices, for example, stents, or are not particularly tough or elastomeric, films prepared from the polyfluoro copolymers of the present invention provide adequate adhesion, toughness or elasticity, and resistance to cracking when formed on medical devices. In certain exemplary embodiments, this is the case even where the devices are subjected to relatively low maximum temperatures.
- The polyfluoro copolymers used for coatings according to the present invention are preferably film-forming polymers that have molecular weight high enough so as not to be waxy or tacky. The polymers and films formed therefrom should preferably adhere to the stent and not be readily deformable after deposition on the stent as to be able to be displaced by hemodynamic stresses. The polymer molecular weight should preferably be high enough to provide sufficient toughness so that films comprising the polymers will not be rubbed off during handling or deployment of the stent. In certain exemplary embodiments the coating will not crack where expansion of the stent or other medical devices occurs.
- Coatings of the present invention comprise polyfluoro copolymers, as defined hereinabove. The second moiety polymerized with the first moiety to prepare the polyfluoro copolymer may be selected from those polymerized, biocompatible monomers that would provide biocompatible polymers acceptable for implantation in a mammal, while maintaining sufficient elastomeric film properties for use on medical devices claimed herein. Such monomers include, without limitation, hexafluoropropylene (HFP), tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), vinylidenefluoride, 1-hydropentafluoropropylene, perfluoro(methyl vinyl ether), chlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE), pentafluoropropene, trifluoroethylene, hexafluoroacetone and hexafluoroisobutylene.
- Polyfluoro copolymers used in the present invention typically comprise vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with hexafluoropropylene, in the weight ratio in the range of from about fifty to about ninety-two weight percent vinylidinefluoride to about fifty to about eight weight percent HFP. Preferably, polyfluoro copolymers used in the present invention comprise from about fifty to about eighty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with from about fifty to about fifteen weight percent HFP. More preferably, the polyfluoro copolymers will comprise from about fifty-five to about seventy weight percent vinylidineflyoride copolymerized with from about forty-five to about thirty weight percent HFP. Even more preferably, polyfluoro copolymers comprise from about fifty-five to about sixty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with from about forty-five to about thirty-five weight percent HFP. Such polyfluoro copolymers are soluble, in varying degrees, in solvents such as dimethylacetamide (DMAc), tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide and n-methyl pyrrolidone. Some are soluble in methylethylketone (MEK), acetone, methanol and other solvents commonly used in applying coatings to conventional implantable medical devices.
- Conventional polyfluoro homopolymers are crystalline and difficult to apply as high quality films onto metal surfaces without exposing the coatings to relatively high temperatures that correspond to the melting temperature (Tm) of the polymer. The elevated temperature serves to provide films prepared from such PVDF homopolymer coatings that exhibit sufficient adhesion of the film to the device, while preferably maintaining sufficient flexibility to resist film cracking upon expansion/contraction of the coated medical device. Certain films and coatings according to the present invention provide these same physical and mechanical properties, or essentially the same properties, even when the maximum temperatures to which the coatings and films are exposed is less than about a maximum predetermined temperature. This is particularly important when the coatings/films comprise pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents or drugs that are heat sensitive, for example, subject to chemical or physical degradation or other heat-induced negative affects, or when coating heat sensitive substrates of medical devices, for example, subject to heat-induced compositional or structural degradation.
- Depending on the particular device upon which the coatings and films of the present invention are to be applied and the particular use/result required of the device, polyfluoro copolymers used to prepare such devices may be crystalline, semi-crystalline or amorphous.
- Where devices have no restrictions or limitations with respect to exposure of same to elevated temperatures, crystalline polyfluoro copolymers may be employed. Crystalline polyfluoro copolymers tend to resist the tendency to flow under applied stress or gravity when exposed to temperatures above their glass transition (Tg) temperatures. Crystalline polyfluoro copolymers provide tougher coatings and films than their fully amorphous counterparts. In addition, crystalline polymers are more lubricious and more easily handled through crimping and transfer processes used to mount self-expanding stents, for example, nitinol stents.
- Semi-crystalline and amorphous polyfluoro copolymers are advantageous where exposure to elevated temperatures is an issue, for example, where heat-sensitive pharmaceutical or therapeutic agents are incorporated into the coatings and films, or where device design, structure and/or use preclude exposure to such elevated temperatures. Semi-crystalline polyfluoro copolymer elastomers comprising relatively high levels, for example, from about thirty to about forty-five weight percent of the second moiety, for example, HFP, copolymerized with the first moiety, for example, VDF, have the advantage of reduced coefficient of friction and self-blocking relative to amorphous polyfluoro copolymer elastomers. Such characteristics may be of significant value when processing, packaging and delivering medical devices coated with such polyfluoro copolymers. In addition, such polyfluoro copolymer elastomers comprising such relatively high content of the second moiety serves to control the solubility of certain agents, for example, rapamycin, in the polymer and therefore controls permeability of the agent through the matrix.
- Polyfluoro copolymers utilized in the present inventions may be prepared by various known polymerization methods. For example, high pressure, free-radical, semi-continuous emulsion polymerization techniques such as those disclosed in Fluoroelastomers-dependence of relaxation phenomena on compositions,
POLYMER 30, 2180, 1989, by Ajroldi, et al., may be employed to prepare amorphous polyfluoro copolymers, some of which may be elastomers. In addition, free-radical batch emulsion polymerization techniques disclosed herein may be used to obtain polymers that are semi-crystalline, even where relatively high levels of the second moiety are included. - As described above, stents may comprise a wide variety of materials and a wide variety of geometrics. Stents may be made of biocomptible materials, including biostable and bioabsorbable materials. Suitable biocompatible metals include, but are not limited to, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium alloys (including nitinol), and cobalt alloys (including cobalt-chromium nickel alloys). Suitable nonmetallic biocompatible materials include, but are not limited to, polyamides, polyolefins (i.e. polypropylene, polyethylene etc.), nonabsorbable polyesters (i.e. polyethylene terephthalate), and bioabsorbable aliphatic polyesters (i.e. homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid, glycolic acid, lactide, glycolide, para-dioxanone, trimethylene carbonate, ε-caprolactone, and blends thereof).
- The film-forming biocompatible polymer coatings generally are applied to the stent in order to reduce local turbulence in blood flow through the stent, as well as adverse tissue reactions. The coatings and films formed therefrom also may be used to administer a pharmaceutically active material to the site of the stent placement. Generally, the amount of polymer coating to be applied to the stent will vary depending on, among other possible parameters, the particular polyfluoro copolymer used to prepare the coating, the stent design and the desired effect of the coating. Generally, the coated stent will comprise from about 0.1 to about fifteen weight percent of the coating, preferably from about 0.4 to about ten weight percent. The polyfluoro copolymer coatings may be applied in one or more coating steps, depending on the amount of polyfluoro copolymer to be applied. Different polyfluoro copolymers may be used for different layers in the stent coating. In fact, in certain exemplary embodiments, it is highly advantageous to use a diluted first coating solution comprising a polyfluoro copolymer as a primer to promote adhesion of a subsequent polyfluoro copolymer coating layer that may include pharmaceutically active materials. The individual coatings may be prepared from different polyfluoro copolymers.
- Additionally, a top coating may be applied to delay release of the pharmaceutical agent, or they could be used as the matrix for the delivery of a different pharmaceutically active material. Layering of coatings may be used to stage release of the drug or to control release of different agents placed in different layers.
- Blends of polyfluoro copolymers may also be used to control the release rate of different agents or to provide a desirable balance of coating properties, i.e. elasticity, toughness, etc., and drug delivery characteristics, for example, release profile. Polyfluoro copolymers with different solubilities in solvents may be used to build up different polymer layers that may be used to deliver different drugs or to control the release profile of a drug. For example, polyfluoro copolymers comprising 85.5/14.5 (wt/wt) of poly(vinylidinefluoride/HFP) and 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) of poly(vinylidinefluoride/HFP) are both soluble in DMAc. However, only the 60.6/39.4 PVDF polyfluoro copolymer is soluble in methanol. So, a first layer of the 85.5/14.5 PVDF polyfluoro copolymer comprising a drug could be over coated with a topcoat of the 60.6/39.4 PVDF polyfluoro copolymer made with the methanol solvent. The top coating may be used to delay the drug delivery of the drug contained in the first layer. Alternately, the second layer could comprise a different drug to provide for sequential drug delivery. Multiple layers of different drugs could be provided by alternating layers of first one polyfluoro copolymer, then the other. As will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art, numerous layering approaches may be used to provide the desired drug delivery.
- Coatings may be formulated by mixing one or more therapeutic agents with the coating polyfluoro copolymers in a coating mixture. The therapeutic agent may be present as a liquid, a finely divided solid, or any other appropriate physical form. Optionally, the coating mixture may include one or more additives, for example, nontoxic auxiliary substances such as diluents, carriers, excipients, stabilizers or the like. Other suitable additives may be formulated with the polymer and pharmaceutically active agent or compound. For example, a hydrophilic polymer may be added to a biocompatible hydrophobic coating to modify the release profile, or a hydrophobic polymer may be added to a hydrophilic coating to modify the release profile. One example would be adding a hydrophilic polymer selected from the group consisting of polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, carboxylmethyl cellulose, and hydroxymethyl cellulose to a polyfluoro copolymer coating to modify the release profile. Appropriate relative amounts may be determined by monitoring the in vitro and/or in vivo release profiles for the therapeutic agents.
- The best conditions for the coating application are when the polyfluoro copolymer and pharmaceutic agent have a common solvent. This provides a wet coating that is a true solution. Less desirable, yet still usable, are coatings that contain the pharmaceutical agent as a solid dispersion in a solution of the polymer in solvent. Under the dispersion conditions, care must be taken to ensure that the particle size of the dispersed pharmaceutical powder, both the primary powder size and its aggregates and agglomerates, is small enough not to cause an irregular coating surface or to clog the slots of the stent that need to remain essentially free of coating. In cases where a dispersion is applied to the stent and the smoothness of the coating film surface requires improvement, or to be ensured that all particles of the drug are fully encapsulated in the polymer, or in cases where the release rate of the drug is to be slowed, a clear (polyfluoro copolymer only) topcoat of the same polyfluoro copolymer used to provide sustained release of the drug or another polyfluoro copolymer that further restricts the diffusion of the drug out of the coating may be applied. The topcoat may be applied by dip coating with mandrel to clear the slots. This method is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,153,252. Other methods for applying the topcoat include spin coating and spray coating. Dip coating of the topcoat can be problematic if the drug is very soluble in the coating solvent, which swells the polyfluoro copolymer, and the clear coating solution acts as a zero concentration sink and redissolves previously deposited drug. The time spent in the dip bath may need to be limited so that the drug is not extracted out into the drug-free bath. Drying should be rapid so that the previously deposited drug does not completely diffuse into the topcoat.
- The amount of therapeutic agent will be dependent upon the particular drug employed and medical condition being treated. Typically, the amount of drug represents about 0.001 percent to about seventy percent, more typically about 0.001 percent to about sixty percent.
- The quantity and type of polyfluoro copolymers employed in the coating film comprising the pharmaceutic agent will vary depending on the release profile desired and the amount of drug employed. The product may contain blends of the same or different polyfluoro copolymers having different molecular weights to provide the desired release profile or consistency to a given formulation.
- Polyfluoro copolymers may release dispersed drug by diffusion. This can result in prolonged delivery (over, say approximately one to two-thousand hours, preferably two to eight-hundred hours) of effective amounts (0.001 μg/cm2-min to 1000 μg/cm2-min) of the drug. The dosage may be tailored to the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, the judgment of the prescribing physician, and the like.
- Individual formulations of drugs and polyfluoro copolymers may be tested in appropriate in vitro and in vivo models to achieve the desired drug release profiles. For example, a drug could be formulated with a polyfluoro copolymer, or blend of polyfluoro copolymers, coated onto a stent and placed in an agitated or circulating fluid system, for example, twenty-five percent ethanol in water. Samples of the circulating fluid could be taken to determine the release profile (such as by HPLC, UV analysis or use of radiotagged molecules). The release of a pharmaceutical compound from a stent coating into the interior wall of a lumen could be modeled in appropriate animal system. The drug release profile could then be monitored by appropriate means such as, by taking samples at specific times and assaying the samples for drug concentration (using HPLC to detect drug concentration). Thrombus formation can be modeled in animal models using the In-platelet imaging methods described by Hanson and Harker, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:3184-3188 (1988). Following this or similar procedures, those skilled in the art will be able to formulate a variety of stent coating formulations.
- While not a requirement of the present invention, the coatings and films may be crosslinked once applied to the medical devices. Crosslinking may be affected by any of the known crosslinking mechanisms, such as chemical, heat or light. In addition, crosslinking initiators and promoters may be used where applicable and appropriate. In those exemplary embodiments utilizing crosslinked films comprising pharmaceutical agents, curing may affect the rate at which the drug diffuses from the coating. Crosslinked polyfluoro copolymers films and coatings of the present invention also may be used without drug to modify the surface of implantable medical devices.
- A PVDF homopolymer (Solef® 1008 from Solvay Advanced Polymers, Houston, Tex., Tm about 175° C.) and polyfluoro copolymers of poly(vinylidenefluoride/HFP), 92/8 and 91/9 weight percent vinylidenefluoride/HFP as determined by F19NMR, respectively (eg: Solef® 11010 and 11008, Solvay Advanced Polymers, Houston, Tex., Tm about 159 degrees C. and 160 degrees C., respectively) were examined as potential coatings for stents. These polymers are soluble in solvents such as, but not limited to, DMAc, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and acetone. Polymer coatings were prepared by dissolving the polymers in acetone, at five weight percent as a primer, or by dissolving the polymer in 50/50 DMAc/acetone, at thirty weight percent as a topcoat. Coatings that were applied to the stents by dipping and dried at 60 degrees C. in air for several hours, followed by 60 degrees C. for three hours in a <100 mm Hg vacuum, resulted in white foamy films. As applied, these films adhered poorly to the stent and flaked off, indicating they were too brittle. When stents coated in this manner were heated above 175 degrees C., i.e. above the melting temperature of the polymer, a clear, adherent film was formed. Since coatings require high temperatures, for example, above the melting temperature of the polymer, to achieve high quality films. As mentioned above, the high temperature heat treatment is unacceptable for the majority of drug compounds due to their thermal sensitivity.
- A polyfluoro copolymer (Solef® 21508) comprising 85.5 weight percent vinylidenefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent HFP, as determined by F19NMR, was evaluated. This copolymer is less crystalline than the polyfluoro homopolymer and copolymers described in Example 1. It also has a lower melting point reported to be about 133 degrees C. Once again, a coating comprising about twenty weight percent of the polyfluoro copolymer was applied from a polymer solution in 50/50 DMAc/MEK. After drying (in air) at 60 degrees C. for several hours, followed by 60 degrees C. for three hours in a <100 mtorr Hg vacuum, clear adherent films were obtained. This eliminated the need for a high temperature heat treatment to achieve high quality films. Coatings were smoother and more adherent than those of Example 1. Some coated stents that underwent expansion show some degree of adhesion loss and “tenting” as the film pulls away from the metal. Where necessary, modification of coatings containing such copolymers may be made, e.g. by addition of plasticizers or the like to the coating compositions. Films prepared from such coatings may be used to coat stents or other medical devices, particularly where those devices are not susceptible to expansion to the degree of the stents.
- The coating process above was repeated, this time with a coating comprising the 85.5/14.6 (wt/wt) (vinylidenefluoride/HFP) and about thirty weight percent of rapamycin (Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.), based on total weight of coating solids. Clear films that would occasionally crack or peel upon expansion of the coated stents resulted. It is believed that inclusion of plasticizers and the like in the coating composition will result in coatings and films for use on stents and other medical devices that are not susceptible to such cracking and peeling.
- Polyfluoro copolymers of still higher HFP content were then examined. This series of polymers were not semicrystalline, but rather are marketed as elastomers. One such copolymer is Fluorel™ FC2261 Q (from Dyneon, a 3M-Hoechst Enterprise, Oakdale, Minn.), a 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) copolymer of vinylidenefluoride/HFP. Although this copolymer has a Tg well below room temperature (Tg about minus twenty degrees C) it is not tacky at room temperature or even at sixty degrees C. This polymer has no detectable crystallinity when measured by Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) or by wide angle X-ray diffraction. Films formed on stents as described above were non-tacky, clear, and expanded without incident when the stents were expanded.
- The coating process above was repeated, this time with coatings comprising the 60.6/39.4 (wt/wt) (vinylidenefluoride/HFP) and about nine, thirty and fifty weight percent of rapamycin (Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.), based on total weight of coating solids, respectively. Coatings comprising about nine and thirty weight percent rapamycin provided white, adherent, tough films that expanded without incident on the stent. Inclusion of fifty percent drug, in the same manner, resulted in some loss of adhesion upon expansion.
- Changes in the comonomer composition of the polyfluoro copolymer also can affect the nature of the solid state coating, once dried. For example, the semicrystalline copolymer,
Solef® 21508, containing 85.5 percent vinylidenefluoride polymerized with 14.5 percent by weight HFP forms homogeneous solutions with about 30 percent rapamycin (drug weight divided by total solids weight, for example, drug plus copolymer) in DMAc and 50/50 DMAc/MEK. When the film is dried (60 degrees C./16 hours followed by 60 degrees C./3 hours in vacuum of 100 mm Hg) a clear coating, indicating a solid solution of the drug in the polymer, is obtained. Conversely, when an amorphous copolymer, Fluorel™ FC2261 Q, of PDVF/HFP at 60.6/39.5 (wt/wt) forms a similar thirty percent solution of rapamycin in DMAc/MEK and is similarly dried, a white film, indicating phase separation of the drug and the polymer, is obtained. This second drug containing film is much slower to release the drug into an in vitro test solution of twenty-five percent ethanol in water than is the former clear film ofcrystalline Solef® 21508. X-ray analysis of both films indicates that the drug is present in a non-crystalline form. Poor or very low solubility of the drug in the high HFP containing copolymer results in slow permeation of the drug through the thin coating film. Permeability is the product of diffusion rate of the diffusing species (in this case the drug) through the film (the copolymer) and the solubility of the drug in the film. -
FIG. 3 is a plot of data for the 85.5/14.5 vinylidenefluoride/HFP polyfluoro copolymer, indicating fraction of drug released as a function of time, with no topcoat.FIG. 4 is a plot of data for the same polyfluoro copolymer over which a topcoat has been disposed, indicating that most effect on release rate is with a clear topcoat. As shown therein, TC150 refers to a device comprising one hundred fifty micrograms of topcoat, TC235 refers to two hundred thirty-five micrograms of topcoat, etc. The stents before topcoating had an average of seven hundred fifty micrograms of coating containing thirty percent rapamycin.FIG. 5 is a plot for the 60.6/39.4 vinylidenefluoride/HFP polyfluoro copolymer, indicating fraction of drug released as a function of time, showing significant control of release rate from the coating without the use of a topcoat. Release is controlled by loading of drug in the film. - Nine New Zealand white rabbits (2.5-3.0 kg) on a normal diet were given aspirin twenty-four hours prior to surgery, again just prior to surgery and for the remainder of the study. At the time of surgery, animals were premedicated with Acepromazine (0.1-0.2 mg/kg) and anesthetized with a Ketamine/Xylazine mixture (40 mg/kg and 5 mg/kg, respectively). Animals were given a single intraprocedural dose of heparin (150 IU/kg, i.v.)
- Arteriectomy of the right common carotid artery was performed and a 5 F catheter introducer (Cordis, Inc.) placed in the vessel and anchored with ligatures. Iodine contrast agent was injected to visualize the right common carotid artery, brachlocephalic trunk and aortic arch. A steerable guide wire (0.014 inch/180 cm, Cordis, Inc.) was inserted via the introducer and advanced sequentially into each iliac artery to a location where the artery possesses a diameter closest to 2 mm using the angiographic mapping done previously. Two stents coated with a film made of poly(VDF/HFP): (60.6/39.4) with thirty percent rapamycin were deployed in each animal where feasible, one in each iliac artery, using 3.0 mm balloon and inflation to 8-10 ATM for thirty seconds followed after a one minute interval by a second inflation to 8-10 ATM for thirty seconds. Follow-up angiographs visualizing both iliac arteries are obtained to confirm correct deployment position of the stent.
- At the end of procedure, the carotid artery was ligated and the skin is closed with 3/0 vicryl suture using a one layered interrupted closure. Animals were given butoropanol (0.4 mg/kg, s.c.) and gentamycin (4 mg/kg, i.m.). Following recovery, the animals were returned to their cages and allowed free access to food and water.
- Due to early deaths and surgical difficulties, two animals were not used in this analysis. Stented vessels were removed from the remaining seven animals at the following time points: one vessel (one animal) at ten minutes post implant; six vessels (three animals) between forty minutes and two hours post-implant (average, 1.2 hours); two vessels (two animals) at three days post implant; and two vessels (one animal) at seven days post-implant. In one animal at two hours, the stent was retrieved from the aorta rather than the iliac artery. Upon removal, arteries were carefully trimmed at both the proximal and distal ends of the stent. Vessels were then carefully dissected free of the stent, flushed to remove any residual blood, and both stent and vessel frozen immediately, wrapped separately in foil, labeled and kept frozen at minus eighty degrees C. When all samples had been collected, vessels and stents were frozen, transported and subsequently analyzed for rapamycin in tissue and results are illustrated in
FIG. 4 . - The Fluorel™ FC2261 Q copolymer was dissolved in MEK at about ten weight percent and was washed in a 50/50 mixture of ethanol/water at a 14:1 of ethanol/water to the MEK solution ratio. The polymer precipitated out and was separated from the solvent phase by centrifugation. The polymer again was dissolved in MEK and the washing procedure repeated. The polymer was dried after each washing step at sixty degrees C in a vacuum oven (<200 mtorr) over night.
- CrossFlex® stents (available from Cordis, a Johnson & Johnson Company) were coated with the “as received” Fluorel™ FC2261 Q PVDF copolymer and with the purified polyfluoro copolymer of Example 6, using the dip and wipe approach. The coated stents were sterilized using ethylene oxide and a standard cycle. The coated stents and bare metal stents (controls) were implanted in porcine coronary arteries, where they remained for twenty-eight days.
- Angiography was performed on the pigs at implantation and at twenty-eight days. Angiography indicated that the control uncoated stent exhibited about twenty-one percent restenosis. The polyfluoro copolymer “as received” exhibited about twenty-six percent restenosis(equivalent to the control) and the washed copolymer exhibited about 12.5 percent restenosis.
- Histology results reported neointimal area at twenty-eight days to be 2.89±0.2, 3.57±0.4 and 2.75±0.3, respectively, for the bare metal control, the unpurified copolymer and the purified copolymer.
- Since rapamycin acts by entering the surrounding tissue, it is preferably only affixed to the surface of the stent making contact with one tissue. Typically, only the outer surface of the stent makes contact with the tissue. Accordingly, in one exemplary embodiment, only the outer surface of the stent is coated with rapamycin.
- The circulatory system, under normal conditions, has to be self-sealing, otherwise continued blood loss from an injury would be life threatening. Typically, all but the most catastrophic bleeding is rapidly stopped though a process known as hemostasis. Hemostasis occurs through a progression of steps. At high rates of flow, hemostasis is a combination of events involving platelet aggregation and fibrin formation. Platelet aggregation leads to a reduction in the blood flow due to the formation of a cellular plug while a cascade of biochemical steps leads to the formation of a fibrin clot.
- Fibrin clots, as stated above, form in response to injury. There are certain circumstances where blood clotting or clotting in a specific area may pose a health risk. For example, during percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, the endothelial cells of the arterial walls are typically injured, thereby exposing the sub-endothelial cells. Platelets adhere to these exposed cells. The aggregating platelets and the damaged tissue initiate further biochemical process resulting in blood coagulation. Platelet and fibrin blood clots may prevent the normal flow of blood to critical areas. Accordingly, there is a need to control blood clotting in various medical procedures. Compounds that do not allow blood to clot are called anti-coagulants. Essentially, an anti-coagulant is an inhibitor of thrombin formation or function. These compounds include drugs such as heparin and hirudin. As used herein, heparin includes all direct or indirect inhibitors of thrombin or Factor Xa.
- In addition to being an effective anti-coagulant, heparin has also been demonstrated to inhibit smooth muscle cell growth in vivo. Thus, heparin may be effectively utilized in conjunction with rapamycin in the treatment of vascular disease. Essentially, the combination of rapamycin and heparin may inhibit smooth muscle cell growth via two different mechanisms in addition to the heparin acting as an anti-coagulant.
- Because of its multifunctional chemistry, heparin may be immobilized or affixed to a stent in a number of ways. For example, heparin may be immobilized onto a variety of surfaces by various methods, including the photolink methods set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,959,078 and 4,722,906 to Guire et al. and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,229,172; 5,308,641; 5,350,800 and 5,415,938 to Cahalan et al. Heparinized surfaces have also been achieved by controlled release from a polymer matrix, for example, silicone rubber, as set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,837,313; 6,099,562 and 6,120,536 to Ding et al.
- In one exemplary embodiment, heparin may be immobilized onto the stent as briefly described below. The surface onto which the heparin is to be affixed is cleaned with ammonium peroxidisulfate. Once cleaned, alternating layers of polyethylenimine and dextran sulfate are deposited thereon. Preferably, four layers of the polyethylenimine and dextran sulfate are deposited with a final layer of polyethylenimine. Aldehyde-end terminated heparin is then immobilized to this final layer and stabilized with sodium cyanoborohydride. This process is set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,613,665; 4,810,784 to Larm and 5,049,403 to Larm et al.
- Unlike rapamycin, heparin acts on circulating proteins in the blood and heparin need only make contact with blood to be effective. Accordingly, if used in conjunction with a medical device, such as a stent, it would preferably be only on the side that comes into contact with the blood. For example, if heparin were to be administered via a stent, it would only have to be on the inner surface of the stent to be effective.
- In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a stent may be utilized in combination with rapamycin and heparin to treat vascular disease. In this exemplary embodiment, the heparin is immobilized to the inner surface of the stent so that it is in contact with the blood and the rapamycin is immobilized to the outer surface of the stent so that it is in contact with the surrounding tissue.
FIG. 7 illustrates a cross-section of aband 102 of thestent 100 illustrated inFIG. 1 . As illustrated, theband 102 is coated withheparin 108 on itsinner surface 110 and withrapamycin 112 on itsouter surface 114. - In an alternate exemplary embodiment, the stent may comprise a heparin layer immobilized on its inner surface, and rapamycin and heparin on its outer surface. Utilizing current coating techniques, heparin tends to form a stronger bond with the surface it is immobilized to then does rapamycin. Accordingly, it may be possible to first immobilize the rapamycin to the outer surface of the stent and then immobilize a layer of heparin to the rapamycin layer. In this embodiment, the rapamycin may be more securely affixed to the stent while still effectively eluting from its polymeric matrix, through the heparin and into the surrounding tissue.
FIG. 8 illustrates a cross-section of aband 102 of thestent 100 illustrated inFIG. 1 . As illustrated, theband 102 is coated withheparin 108 on itsinner surface 110 and withrapamycin 112 andheparin 108 on itsouter surface 114. - There are a number of possible ways to immobilize, i.e., entrapment or covalent linkage with an erodible bond, the heparin layer to the rapamycin layer. For example, heparin may be introduced into the top layer of the polymeric matrix. In other embodiments, different forms of heparin may be directly immobilized onto the top coat of the polymeric matrix, for example, as illustrated in
FIG. 9 . As illustrated, ahydrophobic heparin layer 116 may be immobilized onto thetop coat layer 118 of therapamycin layer 112. A hydrophobic form of heparin is utilized because rapamycin and heparin coatings represent incompatible coating application technologies. Rapamycin is an organic solvent-based coating and heparin, in its native form, is a water-based coating. - As stated above, a rapamycin coating may be applied to stents by a dip, spray or spin coating method, and/or any combination of these methods. Various polymers may be utilized. For example, as described above, poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) and polybutyl methacrylate blends may be utilized. Other polymers may also be utilized, but not limited to, for example, polyvinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene and polyethylbutyl methacrylate-co-hexyl methacrylate. Also as described above, barrier or top coatings may also be applied to modulate the dissolution of rapamycin from the polymer matrix. In the exemplary embodiment described above, a thin layer of heparin is applied to the surface of the polymeric matrix. Because these polymer systems are hydrophobic and incompatible with the hydrophilic heparin, appropriate surface modifications may be required.
- The application of heparin to the surface of the polymeric matrix may be performed in various ways and utilizing various biocompatible materials. For example, in one embodiment, in water or alcoholic solutions, polyethylene imine may be applied on the stents, with care not to degrade the rapamycin (e.g., pH<7, low temperature), followed by the application of sodium heparinate in aqueous or alcoholic solutions. As an extension of this surface modification, covalent heparin may be linked on polyethylene imine using amide-type chemistry (using a carbondiimide activator, e.g. EDC) or reductive amination chemistry (using CBAS-heparin and sodium cyanoborohydride for coupling). In another exemplary embodiment, heparin may be photolinked on the surface, if it is appropriately grafted with photo initiator moieties. Upon application of this modified heparin formulation on the covalent stent surface, light exposure causes cross-linking and immobilization of the heparin on the coating surface. In yet another exemplary embodiment, heparin may be complexed with hydrophobic quaternary ammonium salts, rendering the molecule soluble in organic solvents (e.g. benzalkonium heparinate, troidodecylmethylammonium heparinate). Such a formulation of heparin may be compatible with the hydrophobic rapamycin coating, and may be applied directly on the coating surface, or in the rapamycin/hydrophobic polymer formulation.
- It is important to note that the stent, as described above, may be formed from any number of materials, including various metals, polymeric materials and ceramic materials. Accordingly, various technologies may be utilized to immobilize the various drugs, agent, compound combinations thereon. Specifically, in addition to the polymeric matricies, described above, biopolymers may be utilized. Biopolymers may be generally classified as natural polymers, while the above-described polymers may be described as synthetic polymers. Exemplary biopolymers, which may be utilized include agarose, alginate, gelatin, collagen and elastin. In addition, the drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized in conjunction with other percutaneously delivered medical devices such as grafts and perfusion balloons.
- In addition to utilizing an anti-proliferative and anti-coagulant, anti-inflammatories may also be utilized in combination therewith. One example of such a combination would be the addition of an anti-inflammatory corticosteroid such as dexamethasone with an anti-proliferative, such as rapamycin, cladribine, vincristine, taxol, or a nitric oxide donor and an anti-coagulant, such as heparin. Such combination therapies might result in a better therapeutic effect, i.e., less proliferation as well as less inflammation, a stimulus for proliferation, than would occur with either agent alone. The delivery of a stent comprising an anti-proliferative, anti-coagulant, and an anti-inflammatory to an injured vessel would provide the added therapeutic benefit of limiting the degree of local smooth muscle cell proliferation, reducing a stimulus for proliferation, i.e., inflammation and reducing the effects of coagulation thus enhancing the restenosis-limiting action of the stent.
- In other exemplary embodiments of the inventions, growth factor inhibitor or cytokine signal transduction inhibitor, such as the ras inhibitor, R115777 or P38 kinase inhibitor RWJ67657, or a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, such as tyrphostin, might be combined with an anti-proliferative agent such as taxol, vincristine or rapamycin so that proliferation of smooth muscle cells could be inhibited by different mechanisms. Alternatively, an anti-proliferative agent such as taxol, vincristine or rapamycin could be combined with an inhibitor of extracellular matrix synthesis such as halofuginone. In the above cases, agents acting by different mechanisms could act synergistically to reduce smooth muscle cell proliferation and vascular hyperplasia. This invention is also intended to cover other combinations of two or more such drug agents. As mentioned above, such drugs, agents or compounds could be administered systemically, delivered locally via drug delivery catheter, or formulated for delivery from the surface of a stent, or given as a combination of systemic and local therapy.
- In addition to anti-proliferatives, anti-inflammatories and anti-coagulants, other drugs, agents or compounds may be utilized in conjunction with the medical devices. For example, immunosuppressants may be utilized alone or in combination with these other drugs, agents or compounds. Also gene therapy delivery mechanisms such as modified genes (nucleic acids including recombinant DNA) in viral vectors and non-viral gene vectors such as plasmids may also be introduced locally via a medical device. In addition, the present invention may be utilized with cell based therapy.
- In addition to all of the drugs, agents, compounds and modified genes described above, chemical agents that are not ordinarily therapeutically or biologically active may also be utilized in conjunction with the present invention. These chemical agents, commonly referred to as pro-drugs, are agents that become biologically active upon their introduction into the living organism by one or more mechanisms. These mechanisms include the addition of compounds supplied by the organism or the cleavage of compounds from the agents caused by another agent supplied by the organism. Typically, pro-drugs are more absorbable by the organism. In addition, pro-drugs may also provide some additional measure of time release.
- The coatings and drugs, agents or compounds described above may be utilized in combination with any number of medical devices, and in particular, with implantable medical devices such as stents and stent-grafts. Other devices such as vena cava filters and anastomosis devices may be used with coatings having drugs, agents or compounds therein. The exemplary stent illustrated in
FIGS. 1 and 2 is a balloon expandable stent. Balloon expandable stents may be utilized in any number of vessels or conduits, and are particularly well suited for use in coronary arteries. Self-expanding stents, on the other hand, are particularly well suited for use in vessels where crush recovery is a critical factor, for example, in the carotid artery. Accordingly, it is important to note that any of the drugs, agents or compounds, as well as the coatings described above, may be utilized in combination with self-expanding stents such as those described below. - There is illustrated in
FIGS. 10 and 11 , astent 200, which may be utilized in connection with the present invention.FIGS. 10 and 11 illustrate theexemplary stent 200 in its unexpanded or compressed state. Thestent 200 is preferably made from a superelastic alloy such as Nitinol. Most preferably, thestent 200 is made from an alloy comprising from about fifty percent (as used herein these percentages refer to weight percentages) Ni to about sixty percent Ni, and more preferably about 55.8 percent Ni, with the remainder of the alloy being Ti. Preferably, thestent 200 is designed such that it is superelastic at body temperature, and preferably has an Af in the range from about twenty-four degrees C to about thirty-seven degrees C. The superelastic design of thestent 200 makes it crush recoverable which, as discussed above, makes it useful as a stent or frame for any number of vascular devices in different applications. -
Stent 200 is a tubular member having front and back open ends 202 and 204 and alongitudinal axis 206 extending therebetween. The tubular member has a first smaller diameter,FIGS. 10 and 11 , for insertion into a patient and navigation through the vessels, and a second larger diameter,FIGS. 12 and 13 , for deployment into the target area of a vessel. The tubular member is made from a plurality ofadjacent hoops 208,FIG. 10 showing hoops 208(a)-208(d), extending between the front and back ends 202 and 204. Thehoops 208 include a plurality oflongitudinal struts 210 and a plurality ofloops 212 connecting adjacent struts, wherein adjacent struts are connected at opposite ends so as to form a substantially S or Z shape pattern. Theloops 212 are curved, substantially semi-circular with symmetrical sections about theircenters 214. -
Stent 200 further includes a plurality ofbridges 216 which connectadjacent hoops 208 and which can best be described in detail by referring toFIG. 14 . Eachbridge 216 has twoends bridges 216 have one end attached to one strut and/or loop, and another end attached to a strut and/or loop on an adjacent hoop. Thebridges 216 connect adjacent struts together at bridge to loop connection points 222 and 224. For example,bridge end 218 is connected to loop 214(a) at bridge toloop connection point 222, andbridge end 220 is connected to loop 214(b) at bridge toloop connection point 224. Each bridge to loop connection point has acenter 226. The bridge to loop connection points are separated angularly with respect to the longitudinal axis. That is, the connection points are not immediately opposite each other. Essentially, one could not draw a straight line between the connection points, wherein such line would be parallel to the longitudinal axis of the stent. - The above described geometry helps to better distribute strain throughout the stent, prevents metal to metal contact when the stent is bent, and minimizes the opening size between the struts, loops and bridges. The number of and nature of the design of the struts, loops and bridges are important factors when determining the working properties and fatigue life properties of the stent. It was previously thought that in order to improve the rigidity of the stent, that struts should be large, and therefore there should be fewer struts per hoop. However, it has now been discovered that stents having smaller struts and more struts per hoop actually improve the construction of the stent and provide greater rigidity. Preferably, each hoop has between twenty-four to thirty-six or more struts. It has been determined that a stent having a ratio of number of struts per hoop to strut length L (in inches) which is greater than four hundred has increased rigidity over prior art stents, which typically have a ratio of under two hundred. The length of a strut is measured in its compressed state parallel to the
longitudinal axis 206 of thestent 200 as illustrated inFIG. 10 . - As seen from a comparison of
FIGS. 10 and 12 , the geometry of thestent 200 changes quite significantly as thestent 200 is deployed from its un-expanded state to its expanded state. As a stent undergoes diametric change, the strut angle and strain levels in the loops and bridges are affected. Preferably, all of the stent features will strain in a predictable manor so that the stent is reliable and uniform in strength. In addition, it is preferable to minimize the maximum strain experienced by struts loops and bridges, since Nitinol properties are more generally limited by strain rather than by stress. As will be discussed in greater detail below, the stent sits in the delivery system in its un-expanded state as shown inFIGS. 19 and 20 . As the stent is deployed, it is allowed to expand towards its expanded state, as shown inFIG. 12 , which preferably has a diameter which is the same or larger than the diameter of the target vessel. Nitinol stents made from wire deploy in much the same manner, and are dependent upon the same design constraints, as laser cut stents. Stainless steel stents deploy similarly in terms of geometric changes as they are assisted by forces from balloons or other devices. - In trying to minimize the maximum strain experienced by features of the stent, the present invention utilizes structural geometries which distribute strain to areas of the stent which are less susceptible to failure than others. For example, one of the most vulnerable areas of the stent is the inside radius of the connecting loops. The connecting loops undergo the most deformation of all the stent features. The inside radius of the loop would normally be the area with the highest level of strain on the stent. This area is also critical in that it is usually the smallest radius on the stent. Stress concentrations are generally controlled or minimized by maintaining the largest radii possible. Similarly, we want to minimize local strain concentrations on the bridge and bridge connection points. One way to accomplish this is to utilize the largest possible radii while maintaining feature widths which are consistent with applied forces. Another consideration is to minimize the maximum open area of the stent. Efficient utilization of the original tube from which the stent is cut increases stent strength and its ability to trap embolic material.
- Many of these design objectives have been accomplished by an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, illustrated in
FIGS. 10, 11 and 14. As seen from these figures, the most compact designs which maintain the largest radii at the loop to bridge connections are non-symmetric with respect to the centerline of the strut connecting loop. That is, loop to bridge connection point centers 226 are offset from thecenter 214 of theloops 212 to which they are attached. This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required. Nitinol can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy. This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves. - As seen in
FIG. 14 ,stent 200 comprisesstrut connecting loops 212 having a width W1, as measured at thecenter 214 parallel toaxis 206, which are greater than the strut widths W2, as measured perpendicular toaxis 206 itself. In fact, it is preferable that the thickness of the loops vary so that they are thickest near their centers. This increases strain deformation at the strut and reduces the maximum strain levels at the extreme radii of the loop. This reduces the risk of stent failure and allows one to maximize radial strength properties. This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required. Nitinol can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy. As stated above, this feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves. - As mentioned above, bridge geometry changes as a stent is deployed from its compressed state to its expanded state and vise-versa. As a stent undergoes diametric change, strut angle and loop strain is affected. Since the bridges are connected to either the loops, struts or both, they are affected. Twisting of one end of the stent with respect to the other, while loaded in the stent delivery system, should be avoided. Local torque delivered to the bridge ends displaces the bridge geometry. If the bridge design is duplicated around the stent perimeter, this displacement causes rotational shifting of the two loops being connected by the bridges. If the bridge design is duplicated throughout the stent, as in the present invention, this shift will occur down the length of the stent. This is a cumulative effect as one considers rotation of one end with respect to the other upon deployment. A stent delivery system, such as the one described below, will deploy the distal end first, then allow the proximal end to expand. It would be undesirable to allow the distal end to anchor into the vessel wall while holding the stent fixed in rotation, then release the proximal end. This could cause the stent to twist or whip in rotation to equilibrium after it is at least partially deployed within the vessel. Such whipping action may cause damage to the vessel.
- However, one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, as illustrated in
FIGS. 10 and 11 , reduces the chance of such events happening when deploying the stent. By mirroring the bridge geometry longitudinally down the stent, the rotational shift of the Z-sections or S-sections may be made to alternate and will minimize large rotational changes between any two points on a given stent during deployment or constraint. That is, thebridges 216 connecting loop 208(b) to loop 208(c) are angled upwardly from left to right, while the bridges connecting loop 208(c) to loop 208(d) are angled downwardly from left to right. This alternating pattern is repeated down the length of thestent 200. This alternating pattern of bridge slopes improves the torsional characteristics of the stent so as to minimize any twisting or rotation of the stent with respect to any two hoops. This alternating bridge slope is particularly beneficial if the stent starts to twist in vivo. As the stent twists, the diameter of the stent will change. Alternating bridge slopes tend to minimize this effect. The diameter of a stent having bridges which are all sloped in the same direction will tend to grow if twisted in one direction and shrink if twisted in the other direction. With alternating bridge slopes this effect is minimized and localized. - The feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required. Nitinol, as stated above, can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy. This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves.
- Preferably, stents are laser cut from small diameter tubing. For prior art stents, this manufacturing process led to designs with geometric features, such as struts, loops and bridges, having axial widths W2, W1 and W3, respectively, which are larger than the tube wall thickness T (illustrated in
FIG. 12 ). When the stent is compressed, most of the bending occurs in the plane that is created if one were to cut longitudinally down the stent and flatten it out. However, for the individual bridges, loops and struts, which have widths greater than their thickness, there is a greater resistance to this in-plane bending than to out-of-plane bending. Because of this, the bridges and struts tend to twist, so that the stent as a whole may bend more easily. This twisting is a buckling condition which is unpredictable and can cause potentially high strain. - However, this problem has been solved in an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, as illustrated in
FIGS. 10-14 . As seen from these figures, the widths of the struts, hoops and bridges are equal to or less than the wall thickness of the tube. Therefore, substantially all bending and, therefore, all strains are “out-of-plane.” This minimizes twisting of the stent which minimizes or eliminates buckling and unpredictable strain conditions. This feature is particularly advantageous for stents having large expansion ratios, which in turn requires them to have extreme bending requirements where large elastic strains are required. Nitinol, as stated above, can withstand extremely large amounts of elastic strain deformation, so the above features are well suited to stents made from this alloy. This feature allows for maximum utilization of Ni—Ti or other material properties to enhance radial strength, to improve stent strength uniformity, to improve fatigue life by minimizing local strain levels, to allow for smaller open areas which enhance entrapment of embolic material, and to improve stent apposition in irregular vessel wall shapes and curves. - An alternate exemplary embodiment of a stent that may be utilized in conjunction with the present invention is illustrated in
FIG. 15 .FIG. 15 showsstent 300 which is similar tostent 200 illustrated inFIGS. 10-14 .Stent 300 is made from a plurality ofadjacent hoops 302,FIG. 15 showing hoops 302(a)-302(d). Thehoops 302 include a plurality oflongitudinal struts 304 and a plurality ofloops 306 connecting adjacent struts, wherein adjacent struts are connected at opposite ends so as to form a substantially S or Z shape pattern.Stent 300 further includes a plurality ofbridges 308 which connectadjacent hoops 302. As seen from the figure, bridges 308 are non-linear and curve between adjacent hoops. Having curved bridges allows the bridges to curve around the loops and struts so that the hoops can be placed closer together which in turn, minimizes the maximum open area of the stent and increases its radial strength as well. This can best be explained by referring toFIG. 13 . The above described stent geometry attempts to minimize the largest circle which could be inscribed between the bridges, loops and struts, when the stent is expanded. Minimizing the size of this theoretical circle, greatly improves the stent because it is then better suited to trap embolic material once it is inserted into the patient. - As mentioned above, it is preferred that the stent of the present invention be made from a superelastic alloy and most preferably made of an alloy material having greater than 50.5 atomic percentage Nickel and the balance Titanium. Greater than 50.5 atomic percentage Nickel allows for an alloy in which the temperature at which the martensite phase transforms completely to the austenite phase (the Af temperature) is below human body temperature, and preferably is about twenty-four degrees C to about thirty-seven degrees C, so that austenite is the only stable phase at body temperature.
- In manufacturing the Nitinol stent, the material is first in the form of a tube. Nitinol tubing is commercially available from a number of suppliers including Nitinol Devices and Components, Fremont Calif. The tubular member is then loaded into a machine which will cut the predetermined pattern of the stent into the tube, as discussed above and as shown in the figures. Machines for cutting patterns in tubular devices to make stents or the like are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are commercially available. Such machines typically hold the metal tube between the open ends while a cutting laser, preferably under microprocessor control, cuts the pattern. The pattern dimensions and styles, laser positioning requirements, and other information are programmed into a microprocessor which controls all aspects of the process. After the stent pattern is cut, the stent is treated and polished using any number of methods or combination of methods well known to those skilled in the art. Lastly, the stent is then cooled until it is completely martensitic, crimped down to its un-expanded diameter and then loaded into the sheath of the delivery apparatus.
- As stated in previous sections of this application, markers having a radiopacity greater than that of the superelastic alloys may be utilized to facilitate more precise placement of the stent within the vasculature. In addition, markers may be utilized to determine when and if a stent is fully deployed. For example, by determining the spacing between the markers, one can determine if the deployed stent has achieved its maximum diameter and adjusted accordingly utilizing a tacking process.
FIG. 16 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of thestent 200 illustrated inFIGS. 10-14 having at least one marker on each end thereof. In a preferred embodiment, a stent having thirty-six struts per hoop can accommodate sixmarkers 800. Eachmarker 800 comprises amarker housing 802 and amarker insert 804. Themarker insert 804 may be formed from any suitable biocompatible material having a high radiopacity under X-ray fluoroscopy. In other words, the marker inserts 804 should preferably have a radiopacity higher than that of the material comprising thestent 200. The addition of themarker housings 802 to the stent necessitates that the lengths of the struts in the last two hoops at each end of thestent 200 be longer than the strut lengths in the body of the stent to increase the fatigue life at the stent ends. Themarker housings 802 are preferably cut from the same tube as the stent as briefly described above. Accordingly, thehousings 802 are integral to thestent 200. Having thehousings 802 integral to thestent 200 serves to ensure that themarkers 800 do not interfere with the operation of the stentFIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of amarker housing 802. Thehousing 802 may be elliptical when observed from the outer surface as illustrated inFIG. 16 . As a result of the laser cutting process, thehole 806 in themarker housing 802 is conical in the radial direction with theouter surface 808 having a diameter larger than the diameter of theinner surface 810, as illustrated inFIG. 17 . The conical tapering in themarker housing 802 is beneficial in providing an interference fit between themarker insert 804 and themarker housing 802 to prevent themarker insert 804 from being dislodged once thestent 200 is deployed. A detailed description of the process of locking themarker insert 804 into themarker housing 802 is given below. - As set forth above, the marker inserts 804 may be made from any suitable material having a radiopacity higher than the superelastic material forming the stent or other medical device. For example, the
marker insert 804 may be formed from niobium, tungsten, gold, platinum or tantalum. In the preferred embodiment, tantalum is utilized because of its closeness to nickel-titanium in the galvanic series and thus would minimize galvanic corrosion. In addition, the surface area ratio of the tantalum marker inserts 804 to the nickel-titanium is optimized to provide the largest possible tantalum marker insert, easy to see, while minimizing the galvanic corrosion potential. For example, it has been determined that up to nine marker inserts 804 having a diameter of 0.010 inches could be placed at the end of thestent 200; however, these marker inserts 804 would be less visible under X-ray fluoroscopy. On the other hand, three to four marker inserts 804 having a diameter of 0.025 inches could be accommodated on thestent 200; however, galvanic corrosion resistance would be compromised. Accordingly, in the preferred embodiment, six tantalum markers having a diameter of 0.020 inches are utilized on each end of thestent 200 for a total of twelvemarkers 800. - The
tantalum markers 804 may be manufactured and loaded into the housing utilizing a variety of known techniques. In the exemplary embodiment, thetantalum markers 804 are punched out from an annealed ribbon stock and are shaped to have the same curvature as the radius of themarker housing 802 as illustrated inFIG. 17 . Once thetantalum marker insert 804 is loaded into themarker housing 802, a coining process is used to properly seat themarker insert 804 below the surface of thehousing 802. The coining punch is also shaped to maintain the same radius of curvature as themarker housing 802. As illustrated inFIG. 17 , the coining process deforms themarker housing 802 material to lock in themarker insert 804. - As stated above, the
hole 806 in themarker housing 802 is conical in the radial direction with theouter surface 808 having a diameter larger than the diameter of theinner surface 810 as illustrated inFIG. 17 . The inside and outside diameters vary depending on the radius of the tube from which the stent is cut. The marker inserts 804, as stated above, are formed by punching a tantalum disk from annealed ribbon stock and shaping it to have the same radius of curvature as themarker housing 802. It is important to note that the marker inserts 804, prior to positioning in themarker housing 804, have straight edges. In other words, they are not angled to match thehole 806. The diameter of themarker insert 804 is between the inside and outside diameter of themarker housing 802. Once themarker insert 804 is loaded into the marker housing, a coining process is used to properly seat themarker insert 804 below the surface of thehousing 802. In the preferred embodiment, the thickness of themarker insert 804 is less than or equal to the thickness of the tubing and thus the thickness or height of thehole 806. Accordingly, by applying the proper pressure during the coining process and using a coining tool that is larger than themarker insert 804, themarker insert 804 may be seated in themarker housing 802 in such a way that it is locked into position by a radially orientedprotrusion 812. Essentially, the applied pressure, and size and shape of the housing tool forces themarker insert 804 to form theprotrusion 812 in themarker housing 802. The coining tool is also shaped to maintain the same radius of curvature as the marker housing. As illustrated inFIG. 17 , theprotrusion 812 prevents themarker insert 804 from becoming dislodged from the marker housing. - It is important to note that the marker inserts 804 are positioned in and locked into the
marker housing 802 when thestent 200 is in its unexpanded state. This is due to the fact that it is desirable that the tube's natural curvature be utilized. If the stent were in its expanded state, the coining process would change the curvature due to the pressure or force exerted by the coining tool. - As illustrated in
FIG. 18 , the marker inserts 804 form a substantially solid line that clearly defines the ends of the stent in the stent delivery system when seen under fluoroscopic equipment. As thestent 200 is deployed from the stent delivery system, themarkers 800 move away from each other and flower open as thestent 200 expands as illustrated inFIG. 16 . The change in the marker grouping provides the physician or other health care provider with the ability to determine when thestent 200 has been fully deployed from the stent delivery system. - It is important to note that the
markers 800 may be positioned at other locations on thestent 200. - It is believed that many of the advantages of the present invention can be better understood through a brief description of a delivery apparatus for the stent, as shown in
FIGS. 19 and 20 .FIGS. 19 and 20 show a self-expandingstent delivery apparatus 10 for a stent made in accordance with the present invention.Apparatus 10 comprises inner and outer coaxial tubes. The inner tube is called theshaft 12 and the outer tube is called thesheath 14.Shaft 12 has proximal and distal ends. The proximal end of theshaft 12 terminates at aluer lock hub 16. Preferably,shaft 12 has aproximal portion 18 which is made from a relatively stiff material such as stainless steel, Nitinol, or any other suitable material, and adistal portion 20 which may be made from a polyethylene, polyimide, Pellethane, Pebax, Vestamid, Cristamid, Grillamid or any other suitable material known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The two portions are joined together by any number of means known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The stainless steel proximal end gives the shaft the necessary rigidity or stiffness it needs to effectively push out the stent, while the polymeric distal portion provides the necessary flexibility to navigate tortuous vessels. - The
distal portion 20 of theshaft 12 has adistal tip 22 attached thereto. Thedistal tip 22 has aproximal end 24 whose diameter is substantially the same as the outer diameter of thesheath 14. Thedistal tip 22 tapers to a smaller diameter from its proximal end to its distal end, wherein thedistal end 26 of thedistal tip 22 has a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of thesheath 14. Also attached to thedistal portion 20 ofshaft 12 is astop 28 which is proximal to thedistal tip 22.Stop 28 may be made from any number of materials known in the art, including stainless steel, and is even more preferably made from a highly radiopaque material such as platinum, gold or tantalum. The diameter ofstop 28 is substantially the same as the inner diameter ofsheath 14, and would actually make frictional contact with the inner surface of the sheath.Stop 28 helps to push the stent out of the sheath during deployment, and helps keep the stent from migrating proximally into thesheath 14. - A
stent bed 30 is defined as being that portion of the shaft between thedistal tip 22 and thestop 28. Thestent bed 30 and thestent 200 are coaxial so that thedistal portion 20 ofshaft 12 comprising thestent bed 30 is located within the lumen of thestent 200. However, thestent bed 30 does not make any contact withstent 200 itself. Lastly,shaft 12 has aguidewire lumen 32 extending along its length from its proximal end and exiting through itsdistal tip 22. This allows theshaft 12 to receive a guidewire much in the same way that an ordinary balloon angioplasty catheter receives a guidewire. Such guidewires are well known in art and help guide catheters and other medical devices through the vasculature of the body. -
Sheath 14 is preferably a polymeric catheter and has a proximal end terminating at asheath hub 40.Sheath 14 also has a distal end which terminates at theproximal end 24 ofdistal tip 22 of theshaft 12, when the stent is in its fully un-deployed position as shown in the figures. The distal end ofsheath 14 includes aradiopaque marker band 34 disposed along its outer surface. As will be explained below, the stent is fully deployed from the delivery apparatus when themarker band 34 is lined up withradiopaque stop 28, thus indicating to the physician that it is now safe to remove theapparatus 10 from the body.Sheath 14 preferably comprises an outer polymeric layer and an inner polymeric layer. Positioned between outer and inner layers is a braided reinforcing layer. Braided reinforcing layer is preferably made from stainless steel. The use of braided reinforcing layers in other types of medical devices can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 3,585,707 issued to Stevens on Jun. 22, 1971, U.S. Pat. No. 5,045,072 issued to Castillo et al. on Sep. 3, 1991, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,254,107 issued to Soltesz on Oct. 19, 1993. -
FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate thestent 200 as being in its fully un-deployed position. This is the position the stent is in when theapparatus 10 is inserted into the vasculature and its distal end is navigated to a target site.Stent 200 is disposed aroundstent bed 30 and at the distal end ofsheath 14. Thedistal tip 22 of theshaft 12 is distal to the distal end of thesheath 14, and the proximal end of theshaft 12 is proximal to the proximal end of thesheath 14. Thestent 200 is in a compressed state and makes frictional contact with theinner surface 36 of thesheath 14. - When being inserted into a patient,
sheath 14 andshaft 12 are locked together at their proximal ends by aTuohy Borst valve 38. This prevents any sliding movement between the shaft and sheath which could result in a premature deployment or partial deployment of thestent 200. When thestent 200 reaches its target site and is ready for deployment, theTuohy Borst valve 38 is opened so that that thesheath 14 andshaft 12 are no longer locked together. - The method under which the
apparatus 10 deploys thestent 200 is readily apparent. Theapparatus 10 is first inserted into the vessel until the radiopaque stent markers 800 (front 202 and back 204 ends, seeFIG. 16 ) are proximal and distal to the target lesion. Once this has occurred the physician would open theTuohy Borst valve 38. The physician would then grasphub 16 ofshaft 12 so as to hold it in place. Thereafter, the physician would grasp the proximal end of thesheath 14 and slide it proximal, relative to theshaft 12.Stop 28 prevents thestent 200 from sliding back with thesheath 14, so that as thesheath 14 is moved back, thestent 200 is pushed out of the distal end of thesheath 14. Asstent 200 is being deployed theradiopaque stent markers 800 move apart once they come out of the distal end ofsheath 14. Stent deployment is complete when themarker 34 on theouter sheath 14 passes thestop 28 on theinner shaft 12. Theapparatus 10 can now be withdrawn through thestent 200 and removed from the patient. -
FIG. 21 illustrates thestent 200 in a partially deployed state. As illustrated, as thestent 200 expands from thedelivery device 10, themarkers 800 move apart from one another and expand in a flower like manner. - It is important to note that any of the above-described medical devices may be coated with coatings that comprise drugs, agents or compounds or simply with coatings that contain no drugs, agents or compounds. In addition, the entire medical device may be coated or only a portion of the device may be coated. The coating may be uniform or non-uniform. The coating may be discontinuous. However, the markers on the stent are preferably coated in a manner so as to prevent coating buildup which may interfere with the operation of the device.
- In a preferred exemplary embodiment, the self-expanding stents, described above, may be coated with a rapamycin containing polymer. In this embodiment, the polymeric coated stent comprises rapamycin in an amount ranging from about fifty to one-thousand micrograms per square centimeter surface area of the vessel that is spanned by the stent. The rapamycin is mixed with the polyvinylidenefluoride-hexafluoropropylene polymer (described above) in the ratio of drug to polymer of about thirty/seventy. The polymer is made by a batch process using the two monomers, vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene under high pressure by an emulsion polymerization process. In an alternate exemplary embodiment, the polymer may be made utilizing a batch dispersion process. The polymeric coating weight itself is in the range from about two-hundred to about one thousand seven hundred micrograms per square centimeter surface area of the vessel that is spanned by the stent.
- The coated stent comprises a base coat, commonly referred to as a primer layer. The primer layer typically improves the adhesion of the coating layer that comprises the rapamycin. The primer also facilitates uniform wetting of the surface thereby enabling the production of a uniform rapamycin containing coating. The primer layer may be applied using any of the above-described techniques. It is preferably applied utilizing a dip coating process. The primer coating is in the range from about one to about ten percent of the total weight of the coating. The next layer applied is the rapamycin containing layer. The rapamycin containing layer is applied by a spin coating process and subsequently dried in a vacuum oven for approximately sixteen hours at a temperature in the range from about fifty to sixty degrees centigrade. After drying or curing, the stent is mounted onto a stent delivery catheter using a process similar to the uncoated stent. The mounted stent is then packaged and sterilized in any number of ways. In one exemplary embodiment, the stent is sterilized using ethylene oxide.
- As described above, various drugs, agents or compounds may be locally delivered via medical devices. For example, rapamycin and heparin may be delivered by a stent to reduce restenosis, inflammation, and coagulation. Various techniques for immobilizing the drugs, agents or compounds are discussed above, however, maintaining the drugs, agents or compounds on the medical devices during delivery and positioning is critical to the success of the procedure or treatment. For example, removal of the drug, agent or compound coating during delivery of the stent can potentially cause failure of the device. For a self-expanding stent, the retraction of the restraining sheath may cause the drugs, agents or compounds to rub off the stent. For a balloon expandable stent, the expansion of the balloon may cause the drugs, agents or compounds to simply delaminate from the stent through contact with the balloon or via expansion. Therefore, prevention of this potential problem is important to have a successful therapeutic medical device, such as a stent.
- There are a number of approaches that may be utilized to substantially reduce the above-described concern. In one exemplary embodiment, a lubricant or mold release agent may be utilized. The lubricant or mold release agent may comprise any suitable biocompatible lubricious coating. An exemplary lubricious coating may comprise silicone. In this exemplary embodiment, a solution of the silicone base coating may be introduced onto the balloon surface, onto the polymeric matrix, and/or onto the inner surface of the sheath of a self-expanding stent delivery apparatus and allowed to air cure. Alternately, the silicone based coating may be incorporated into the polymeric matrix. It is important to note, however, that any number of lubricious materials may be utilized, with the basic requirements being that the material be biocompatible, that the material not interfere with the actions/effectiveness of the drugs, agents or compounds and that the material not interfere with the materials utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds on the medical device. It is also important to note that one or more, or all of the above-described approaches may be utilized in combination.
- Referring now to
FIG. 22 , there is illustrated aballoon 400 of a balloon catheter that may be utilized to expand a stent in situ. As illustrated, theballoon 400 comprises alubricious coating 402. Thelubricious coating 402 functions to minimize or substantially eliminate the adhesion between theballoon 400 and the coating on the medical device. In the exemplary embodiment described above, thelubricious coating 402 would minimize or substantially eliminate the adhesion between theballoon 400 and the heparin or rapamycin coating. Thelubricious coating 402 may be attached to and maintained on theballoon 400 in any number of ways including but not limited to dipping, spraying, brushing or spin coating of the coating material from a solution or suspension followed by curing or solvent removal step as needed. - Materials such as synthetic waxes, e.g. diethyleneglycol monostearate, hydrogenated castor oil, oleic acid, stearic acid, zinc stearate, calcium stearate, ethylenebis (stearamide), natural products such as paraffin wax, spermaceti wax, carnuba wax, sodium alginate, ascorbic acid and flour, fluorinated compounds such as perfluoroalkanes, perfluorofatty acids and alcohol, synthetic polymers such as silicones e.g. polydimethylsiloxane, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyfluoroethers, polyalkylglycol e.g. polyethylene glycol waxes, and inorganic materials such as talc, kaolin, mica, and silica may be used to prepare these coatings. Vapor deposition polymerization e.g. parylene-C deposition, or RF-plasma polymerization of perfluoroalkenes and perfluoroalkanes can also be used to prepare these lubricious coatings.
-
FIG. 23 illustrates a cross-section of aband 102 of thestent 100 illustrated inFIG. 1 . In this exemplary embodiment, thelubricious coating 500 is immobilized onto the outer surface of the polymeric coating. As described above, the drugs, agents or compounds may be incorporated into a polymeric matrix. Thestent band 102 illustrated inFIG. 23 comprises abase coat 502 comprising a polymer and rapamycin and atop coat 504 ordiffusion layer 504 also comprising a polymer. Thelubricious coating 500 is affixed to thetop coat 502 by any suitable means, including but not limited to spraying, brushing, dipping or spin coating of the coating material from a solution or suspension with or without the polymers used to create the top coat, followed by curing or solvent removal step as needed. Vapor deposition polymerization and RF-plasma polymerization may also be used to affix those lubricious coating materials that lend themselves to this deposition method, to the top coating. In an alternate exemplary embodiment, the lubricious coating may be directly incorporated into the polymeric matrix. - If a self-expanding stent is utilized, the lubricious coating may be affixed to the inner surface of the restraining sheath.
FIG. 24 illustrates a self-expanding stent 200 (FIG. 10 ) within the lumen of adelivery apparatus sheath 14. As illustrated, alubricious coating 600 is affixed to the inner surfaces of thesheath 14. Accordingly, upon deployment of thestent 200, thelubricious coating 600 preferably minimizes or substantially eliminates the adhesion between thesheath 14 and the drug, agent or compound coatedstent 200. - In an alternate approach, physical and/or chemical cross-linking methods may be applied to improve the bond strength between the polymeric coating containing the drugs, agents or compounds and the surface of the medical device or between the polymeric coating containing the drugs, agents or compounds and a primer. Alternately, other primers applied by either traditional coating methods such as dip, spray or spin coating, or by RF-plasma polymerization may also be used to improve bond strength. For example, as shown in
FIG. 25 , the bond strength can be improved by first depositing aprimer layer 700 such as vapor polymerized parylene-C on the device surface, and then placing asecond layer 702 which comprises a polymer that is similar in chemical composition to the one or more of the polymers that make up the drug-containingmatrix 704, e.g., polyethylene-co-vinyl acetate or polybutyl methacrylate but has been modified to contain cross-linking moieties. Thissecondary layer 702 is then cross-linked to the primer after exposure to ultra-violet light. It should be noted that anyone familiar with the art would recognize that a similar outcome could be achieved using cross-linking agents that are activated by heat with or without the presence of an activating agent. The drug-containingmatrix 704 is then layered onto thesecondary layer 702 using a solvent that swells, in part or wholly, thesecondary layer 702. This promotes the entrainment of polymer chains from the matrix into thesecondary layer 702 and conversely from thesecondary layer 702 into the drug-containingmatrix 704. Upon removal of the solvent from the coated layers, an interpenetrating or interlocking network of the polymer chains is formed between the layers thereby increasing the adhesion strength between them. Atop coat 706 is used as described above. - A related difficultyoccurs in medical devices such as stents. In the drug-coated stents crimped state, some struts come into contact with each other and when the stent is expanded, the motion causes the polymeric coating comprising the drugs, agents or compounds to stick and stretch. This action may potentially cause the coating to separate from the stent in certain areas. The predominant mechanism of the coating self-adhesion is believed to be due to mechanical forces. When the polymer comes in contact with itself, its chains can tangle causing the mechanical bond, similar to hook and loop fasteners such as Velcro®. Certain polymers do not bond with each other, for example, fluoropolymers. For other polymers, however, powders may be utilized. In other words, a powder may be applied to the one or more polymers incorporating the drugs, agents or other compounds on the surfaces of the medical device to reduce the mechanical bond. Any suitable biocompatible material which does not interfere with the drugs, agents, compounds or materials utilized to immobilize the drugs, agents or compounds onto the medical device may be utilized. For example, a dusting with a water soluble powder may reduce the tackiness of the coatings surface and this will prevent the polymer from sticking to itself thereby reducing the potential for delamination. The powder should be water- soluble so that it does not present an emboli risk. The powder may comprise an anti-oxidant, such as vitamin C, or it may comprise an anti-coagulant, such as aspirin or heparin. An advantage of utilizing an anti-oxidant may be in the fact that the anti-oxidant may preserve the other drugs, agents or compounds over longer periods of time.
- It is important to note that crystalline polymers are generally not sticky or tacky. Accordingly, if crystalline polymers are utilized rather than amorphous polymers, then additional materials may not be necessary. It is also important to note that polymeric coatings without drugs, agents, and/or compounds may improve the operating characteristics of the medical device. For example, the mechanical properties of the medical device may be improved by a polymeric coating, with or without drugs, agents and/or compounds. A coated stent may have improved flexibility and increased durability. In addition, the polymeric coating may substantially reduce or eliminate galvanic corrosion between the different metals comprising the medical device.
- Any of the above-described medical devices may be utilized for the local delivery of drugs, agents and/or compounds to other areas, not immediately around the device itself. In order to avoid the potential complications associated with systemic drug delivery, the medical devices of the present invention may be utilized to deliver therapeutic agents to areas adjacent to the medical device. For example, a rapamycin coated stent may deliver the rapamycin to the tissues surrounding the stent as well as areas upstream of the stent and downstream of the stent. The degree of tissue penetration depends on a number of factors, including the drug, agent or compound, the concentrations of the drug and the release rate of the agent.
- The drug, agent and/or compound/carrier or vehicle compositions described above may be formulated in a number of ways. For example, they may be formulated utilizing additional components or constituents, including a variety of excipient agents and/or formulary components to affect manufacturability, coating integrity, sterilizability, drug stability, and drug release rate. Within exemplary embodiments of the present invention, excipient agents and/or formulary components may be added to achieve both fast-release and sustained-release drug elution profiles. Such excipient agents may include salts and/or inorganic compounds such as acids/bases or buffer components, anti-oxidants, surfactants, polypeptides, proteins, carbohydrates including sucrose, glucose or dextrose, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione or other excipients or agents.
- Although shown and described is what is believed to be the most practical and preferred embodiments, it is apparent that departures from specific designs and methods described and shown will suggest themselves to those skilled in the art and may be used without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The present invention is not restricted to the particular constructions described and illustrated, but should be constructed to cohere with all modifications that may fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (20)
1. A device for intraluminal implantation in a vessel comprising a balloon-expandable stent and a coating, said coating comprising an agent selected from antiproliferatives/antimitotics, anti-inflammatories, immunosuppressives, and combinations thereof, and a biocompatible polyfluoro copolymer that comprises about eighty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with about fifteen weight percent hexafluoropropylene, wherein said coating releases said agent from said device.
2. A device according to claim 1 wherein said polyfluoro copolymer consists essentially of 85.5 weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent hexafluoropropylene.
3. A device according to claim 1 wherein said agent and said copolymer are selected to release said agent for at least 800 hours following intraluminal implantation.
4. A device according to claim 3 wherein said polyfluoro copolymer consists essentially of 85.5 weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent hexafluoropropylene.
5. A device according to claim 1 wherein said agent and said copolymer are selected to release said agent for at least 2000 hours following intraluminal implantation.
6. A device according to claim 1 that releases said agent at a rate of about 0.001 μg/cm2-min to about 100 μg/cm2-min.
7. A device according to claim 6 wherein said polyfluoro copolymer consists essentially of 85.5 weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent hexafluoropropylene.
8. A device according to claim 1 wherein said agent is an immunosuppressive.
9. A device according to claim 8 wherein said agent is effective to reduce restenosis.
10. A device according to claim 9 wherein said agent and said copolymer are selected to release said agent for at least 800 hours following intraluminal implantation.
11. A device according to claim 1 wherein said coating further comprises an additional polymer.
12. A device according to claim 10 wherein said coating further comprises an additional polymer.
13. A device according to claim 3 wherein said balloon-expandable stent is configured for implantation in a coronary artery.
14. A device according to claim 10 wherein said balloon-expandable stent is configured for implantation in a coronary artery.
15. A device according to claim 14 wherein said agent is present in an amount that is from about 12% to about 20% by weight of the coating.
16. A device according to claim 14 wherein said agent and said copolymer are selected to release said agent for at least 800 hours following intraluminal implantation.
17. A device according to claim 16 wherein said polyfluoro copolymer consists essentially of 85.5 weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with 14.5 weight percent hexafluoropropylene.
18. A method for preparing a device for providing prolonged release of an agent when implanted in a vessel comprising the steps of:
combining one or more agents selected from antiproliferatives/antimitotics, anti-inflammatories, and immunosuppressives with a biocompatible polyfluoro copolymer that comprises about eighty-five weight percent vinylidinefluoride copolymerized with about fifteen weight percent hexafluoropropylene to provide a coating;
applying said coating to a balloon-expandable stent; and
heating the balloon-expandable stent comprising said coating to a maximum temperature of no greater than about 125° C.
19. A method according to claim 18 , wherein the agent is an immunosuppressive that is effective to inhibit restenosis.
20. A method according to claim 18 , wherein said balloon-expandable stent comprising said coating is heated to a maximum temperature of no greater than about 60° C.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/941,233 US20080051883A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US67588200A | 2000-09-29 | 2000-09-29 | |
US09/962,496 US20020111590A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2001-09-25 | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US10/636,435 US7056550B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2003-08-07 | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US11/437,572 US20060222756A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-05-19 | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods of maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US11/782,740 US20070276473A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/941,233 US20080051883A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/782,740 Continuation US20070276473A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080051883A1 true US20080051883A1 (en) | 2008-02-28 |
Family
ID=46328144
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/782,740 Abandoned US20070276473A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,864 Abandoned US20070276475A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,918 Abandoned US20070276476A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,770 Abandoned US20070276474A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/941,233 Abandoned US20080051883A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/941,449 Abandoned US20080051884A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/941,351 Expired - Fee Related US7591844B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US11/941,596 Abandoned US20080051885A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/782,740 Abandoned US20070276473A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,864 Abandoned US20070276475A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,918 Abandoned US20070276476A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/782,770 Abandoned US20070276474A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-07-25 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/941,449 Abandoned US20080051884A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US11/941,351 Expired - Fee Related US7591844B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US11/941,596 Abandoned US20080051885A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-16 | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US20070276473A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080051884A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20100268316A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2010-10-21 | Rox Medical, Inc. | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US20100285089A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2010-11-11 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings And Methods For Maintaining The Drug Coatings Thereon |
US8303609B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2012-11-06 | Cordis Corporation | Coated medical devices |
US10182928B2 (en) | 2013-04-16 | 2019-01-22 | Kaneka Corporation | Medical tubular body |
US11207457B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2021-12-28 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
Families Citing this family (32)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7807211B2 (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2010-10-05 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Thermal treatment of an implantable medical device |
US8236048B2 (en) | 2000-05-12 | 2012-08-07 | Cordis Corporation | Drug/drug delivery systems for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease |
GB0020491D0 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2000-10-11 | Angiomed Ag | Stent with attached element and method of making such a stent |
US8303651B1 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2012-11-06 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Polymeric coating for reducing the rate of release of a therapeutic substance from a stent |
US20050118344A1 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2005-06-02 | Pacetti Stephen D. | Temperature controlled crimping |
US8029563B2 (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2011-10-04 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Implantable devices with reduced needle puncture site leakage |
US20070156230A1 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2007-07-05 | Dugan Stephen R | Stents with radiopaque markers |
GB0609841D0 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2006-06-28 | Angiomed Ag | Bend-capable tubular prosthesis |
GB0609911D0 (en) | 2006-05-18 | 2006-06-28 | Angiomed Ag | Bend-capable stent prosthesis |
EP2037977A2 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2009-03-25 | SurModics, Inc. | Active agent eluting matrices with particulates |
GB0616729D0 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2006-10-04 | Angiomed Ag | Method of welding a component to a shape memory alloy workpiece |
GB0616999D0 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2006-10-04 | Angiomed Ag | Annular mesh |
US8500793B2 (en) * | 2006-09-07 | 2013-08-06 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Helical implant having different ends |
GB0622465D0 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2006-12-20 | Angiomed Ag | Stent |
GB0624419D0 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2007-01-17 | Angiomed Ag | Stenting ring with marker |
US8221496B2 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2012-07-17 | Cordis Corporation | Antithrombotic and anti-restenotic drug eluting stent |
GB0703379D0 (en) * | 2007-02-21 | 2007-03-28 | Angiomed Ag | Stent with radiopaque marker |
GB0706499D0 (en) | 2007-04-03 | 2007-05-09 | Angiomed Ag | Bendable stent |
GB0717481D0 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2007-10-17 | Angiomed Ag | Self-expansible stent with radiopaque markers |
US8679519B2 (en) | 2007-10-23 | 2014-03-25 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Coating designs for the tailored release of dual drugs from polymeric coatings |
EP2265293B1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2015-11-04 | SurModics, Inc. | Coating systems for the controlled delivery of hydrophilic bioactive agents |
US8479585B2 (en) | 2010-09-08 | 2013-07-09 | Micropen Technologies Corporation | Pressure sensing or force generating device |
CA3081285C (en) | 2012-05-14 | 2022-05-31 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Uniformly expandable stent |
US20140024992A1 (en) * | 2012-07-10 | 2014-01-23 | M.I. Tech Co., Ltd. | Cylindrical Structure Having Lumen to Be Implanted Into Human Body |
USD723165S1 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2015-02-24 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Stent |
US9814560B2 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2017-11-14 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Tapered implantable device and methods for making such devices |
US9999527B2 (en) * | 2015-02-11 | 2018-06-19 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Scaffolds having radiopaque markers |
CN107666882B (en) | 2015-06-05 | 2020-01-10 | W.L.戈尔及同仁股份有限公司 | Hypotonic blood volume implantable prosthesis with tapered portion |
US9700443B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2017-07-11 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Methods for attaching a radiopaque marker to a scaffold |
WO2017048989A1 (en) | 2015-09-15 | 2017-03-23 | Fong Kenton D | Devices and methods for anchoring a sheath in a tissue cavity |
US11406403B2 (en) | 2019-06-14 | 2022-08-09 | Neuravi Limited | Visibility of mechanical thrombectomy device during diagnostic imaging |
WO2024017726A1 (en) | 2022-07-18 | 2024-01-25 | Verope Ag | Device for determining parameters of a wire rope and/or a wire rope guide means which guides the wire rope, in particular for determining wear parameters and/or geometric parameters |
Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3051677A (en) * | 1955-04-27 | 1962-08-28 | Du Pont | Copolymer elastomer of vinylidenefluoride and hexafluoropropene |
US4304010A (en) * | 1978-10-12 | 1981-12-08 | Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. | Tubular polytetrafluoroethylene prosthesis with porous elastomer coating |
US4413359A (en) * | 1981-03-04 | 1983-11-08 | Koken Co., Ltd. | Impermeable laminate membrane |
US4564013A (en) * | 1984-05-24 | 1986-01-14 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical filaments from vinylidene fluoride copolymers |
US4816339A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1989-03-28 | Baxter International Inc. | Multi-layered poly(tetrafluoroethylene)/elastomer materials useful for in vivo implantation |
US5061276A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1991-10-29 | Baxter International Inc. | Multi-layered poly(tetrafluoroethylene)/elastomer materials useful for in vivo implantation |
US5824048A (en) * | 1993-04-26 | 1998-10-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for delivering a therapeutic substance to a body lumen |
US6011082A (en) * | 1997-06-02 | 2000-01-04 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Ab | Process for the modification of elastomers with surface interpreting polymer networks and elastomers formed therefrom |
US6153252A (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2000-11-28 | Ethicon, Inc. | Process for coating stents |
US6273913B1 (en) * | 1997-04-18 | 2001-08-14 | Cordis Corporation | Modified stent useful for delivery of drugs along stent strut |
US6602287B1 (en) * | 1999-12-08 | 2003-08-05 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Stent with anti-thrombogenic coating |
US6746773B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2004-06-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Coatings for medical devices |
US6919100B2 (en) * | 2003-01-22 | 2005-07-19 | Cordis Corporation | Method for coating medical devices |
US7056550B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2006-06-06 | Ethicon, Inc. - Usa | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US20070179596A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-08-02 | Davila Luis A | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings And Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070276475A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-29 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
Family Cites Families (22)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3194796A (en) | 1962-03-22 | 1965-07-13 | Du Pont | Elastomeric fluorocarbon terpolymers of vinylidene fluoride, hexafluoropropylene and a halogen free polar monomer |
US3585707A (en) * | 1966-04-13 | 1971-06-22 | Cordis Corp | Method of making tubular products |
US3959078A (en) * | 1973-05-18 | 1976-05-25 | Midwest Research Institute | Enzyme immobilization with a thermochemical-photochemical bifunctional agent |
US4252858A (en) * | 1979-10-15 | 1981-02-24 | Raychem Corporation | Coated article and hot melt adhesive comprising fluorocarbon elastomer ethylene copolymer and tackifier |
SE8200751L (en) * | 1982-02-09 | 1983-08-10 | Olle Larm | PROCEDURE FOR COVALENT COUPLING FOR MANUFACTURE OF CONJUGATE AND REQUIRED PRODUCTS |
US4722906A (en) * | 1982-09-29 | 1988-02-02 | Bio-Metric Systems, Inc. | Binding reagents and methods |
DE8909128U1 (en) * | 1989-07-27 | 1990-11-29 | Emitec Emissionstechnologie | |
US5254107A (en) * | 1991-03-06 | 1993-10-19 | Cordis Corporation | Catheter having extended braid reinforced transitional tip |
US5256790A (en) | 1992-08-13 | 1993-10-26 | American Home Products Corporation | 27-hydroxyrapamycin and derivatives thereof |
CA2106034A1 (en) | 1992-09-24 | 1994-03-25 | Ralph J. Russo | 21-norrapamycin |
US5350800A (en) * | 1993-01-19 | 1994-09-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for improving the biocompatibility of solid surfaces |
US5308641A (en) * | 1993-01-19 | 1994-05-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Biocompatibility of solid surfaces |
US5229172A (en) * | 1993-01-19 | 1993-07-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Modification of polymeric surface by graft polymerization |
US5252579A (en) | 1993-02-16 | 1993-10-12 | American Home Products Corporation | Macrocyclic immunomodulators |
US5391730A (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-02-21 | American Home Products Corporation | Phosphorylcarbamates of rapamycin and oxime derivatives thereof |
US5362718A (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1994-11-08 | American Home Products Corporation | Rapamycin hydroxyesters |
US5563145A (en) | 1994-12-07 | 1996-10-08 | American Home Products Corporation | Rapamycin 42-oximes and hydroxylamines |
US6120536A (en) * | 1995-04-19 | 2000-09-19 | Schneider (Usa) Inc. | Medical devices with long term non-thrombogenic coatings |
US6099562A (en) * | 1996-06-13 | 2000-08-08 | Schneider (Usa) Inc. | Drug coating with topcoat |
US5837313A (en) * | 1995-04-19 | 1998-11-17 | Schneider (Usa) Inc | Drug release stent coating process |
US6190403B1 (en) * | 1998-11-13 | 2001-02-20 | Cordis Corporation | Low profile radiopaque stent with increased longitudinal flexibility and radial rigidity |
FR2785812B1 (en) | 1998-11-16 | 2002-11-29 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | BIOACTIVE PROSTHESES, IN PARTICULAR WITH IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE PROPERTIES, ANTISTENOSIS AND ANTITHROMBOSIS, AND THEIR MANUFACTURE |
-
2007
- 2007-07-25 US US11/782,740 patent/US20070276473A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-07-25 US US11/782,864 patent/US20070276475A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-07-25 US US11/782,918 patent/US20070276476A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-07-25 US US11/782,770 patent/US20070276474A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-11-16 US US11/941,233 patent/US20080051883A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-11-16 US US11/941,449 patent/US20080051884A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-11-16 US US11/941,351 patent/US7591844B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-11-16 US US11/941,596 patent/US20080051885A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3051677A (en) * | 1955-04-27 | 1962-08-28 | Du Pont | Copolymer elastomer of vinylidenefluoride and hexafluoropropene |
US4304010A (en) * | 1978-10-12 | 1981-12-08 | Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. | Tubular polytetrafluoroethylene prosthesis with porous elastomer coating |
US4413359A (en) * | 1981-03-04 | 1983-11-08 | Koken Co., Ltd. | Impermeable laminate membrane |
US4564013A (en) * | 1984-05-24 | 1986-01-14 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical filaments from vinylidene fluoride copolymers |
US4816339A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1989-03-28 | Baxter International Inc. | Multi-layered poly(tetrafluoroethylene)/elastomer materials useful for in vivo implantation |
US5061276A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1991-10-29 | Baxter International Inc. | Multi-layered poly(tetrafluoroethylene)/elastomer materials useful for in vivo implantation |
US5824048A (en) * | 1993-04-26 | 1998-10-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for delivering a therapeutic substance to a body lumen |
US6273913B1 (en) * | 1997-04-18 | 2001-08-14 | Cordis Corporation | Modified stent useful for delivery of drugs along stent strut |
US6011082A (en) * | 1997-06-02 | 2000-01-04 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Ab | Process for the modification of elastomers with surface interpreting polymer networks and elastomers formed therefrom |
US6153252A (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2000-11-28 | Ethicon, Inc. | Process for coating stents |
US6602287B1 (en) * | 1999-12-08 | 2003-08-05 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Stent with anti-thrombogenic coating |
US20070276475A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-29 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US6746773B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2004-06-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Coatings for medical devices |
US7056550B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2006-06-06 | Ethicon, Inc. - Usa | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US20070179596A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-08-02 | Davila Luis A | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings And Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070179595A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-08-02 | Davila Luis A | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070179594A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-08-02 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070179597A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-08-02 | Davila Luis A | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20080051884A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070276476A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-29 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070276474A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-29 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20070276473A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2007-11-29 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20080051865A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20080051885A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US6919100B2 (en) * | 2003-01-22 | 2005-07-19 | Cordis Corporation | Method for coating medical devices |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080051884A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20080051865A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US20080051885A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2008-02-28 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon |
US7591844B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2009-09-22 | Cordis Corporation | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon |
US20100285089A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2010-11-11 | Llanos Gerard H | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings And Methods For Maintaining The Drug Coatings Thereon |
US8303609B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2012-11-06 | Cordis Corporation | Coated medical devices |
US20100268316A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2010-10-21 | Rox Medical, Inc. | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US20130131773A9 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2013-05-23 | Rox Medical, Inc. | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US8926545B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2015-01-06 | Rox Medical, Inc. | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US10232098B2 (en) | 2004-08-27 | 2019-03-19 | Rox Medical, Inc. | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US11207457B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2021-12-28 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Device and method for establishing an artificial arterio-venous fistula |
US10182928B2 (en) | 2013-04-16 | 2019-01-22 | Kaneka Corporation | Medical tubular body |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20080051884A1 (en) | 2008-02-28 |
US7591844B2 (en) | 2009-09-22 |
US20070276473A1 (en) | 2007-11-29 |
US20070276476A1 (en) | 2007-11-29 |
US20070276474A1 (en) | 2007-11-29 |
US20070276475A1 (en) | 2007-11-29 |
US20080051865A1 (en) | 2008-02-28 |
US20080051885A1 (en) | 2008-02-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7591844B2 (en) | Medical devices, drug coatings and methods for maintaining the drug coatings thereon | |
AU2002211299B2 (en) | Coated medical devices | |
AU2002211321B2 (en) | Coated medical devices and sterilization thereof | |
AU2003203722B2 (en) | Coated medical devices for the treatment of vascular disease | |
US20070179594A1 (en) | Medical Devices, Drug Coatings and Methods for Maintaining the Drug Coatings Thereon | |
EP2196226A2 (en) | Coated medical devices | |
WO2002026281A1 (en) | Coated medical devices | |
AU2002211299A1 (en) | Coated medical devices | |
AU2002211321A1 (en) | Coated medical devices and sterilization thereof | |
EP1322342B1 (en) | Coated medical devices and sterilization thereof | |
AU2001294869A1 (en) | Coated medical devices | |
WO2002026139A1 (en) | Coated medical devices |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CORDIS CORPORATION, FLORIDA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ETHICON, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020201/0026 Effective date: 20071201 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |